JP2020535614A - LED straight tube lamp - Google Patents

Abstract

LED lighting systems are disclosed. The LED lighting system includes an LED straight tube lamp (500), a lamp socket, and a mounting detection module (2520). The LED straight tube lamp (500) is configured to receive an external drive signal at each of the two ends in order to emit light. The lamp socket is configured to fix the LED straight tube lamp (500) and includes a signal line (L) for transmitting an external drive signal. The mounting detection module (2520) is located in the lamp socket, and when the LED straight tube lamp (500) is mounted on the lamp socket, it goes into the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp (500) via the signal line (L). It is configured to be electrically connected in series. The mounting detection module (2520) detects a signal on the signal line (L) in order to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp (500) is correctly mounted.

Description

The embodiments of the present disclosure relate to features of light emitting diode (LED) lighting. In more detail, the disclosed embodiments describe various improvements to LED straight tube lamps.

LED lighting technology is developing rapidly and is replacing traditional incandescent and fluorescent lighting. Compared to straight tube fluorescent lamps, which require filling with an inert gas or mercury, LED straight tube lamps do not use mercury. Therefore, among the various available lighting systems used in homes and workplaces, where conventional lighting devices such as compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs) and straight tube fluorescent lamps were once the mainstream, It should come as no surprise that LED straight tube lamps have become a highly desirable lighting option. Advantages of LED straight tube lamps include improved durability, service life, and significant reduction in energy consumption. Therefore, considering all factors, LED straight tube lamps are generally a cost-effective lighting option.

A typical LED straight tube lamp includes a lamp tube, a circuit board arranged in the lamp tube and equipped with a plurality of light sources, and end caps provided at both ends of the lamp tube to attach a power source, and is provided from a power source. Electricity is sent to multiple light sources through the circuit board. However, existing LED straight tube lamps have some drawbacks. For example, since a typical circuit board is hard, even if the lamp tube is partially broken or damaged, the straight tube configuration of the lamp tube as a whole can be maintained, but the straight tube configuration is maintained. , The user will be given the wrong impression that the LED straight tube lamp is still usable, and if the LED straight tube lamp is touched or tried to be installed, the user may be electrocuted. is there.

In general, conventional LED straight tube lamp circuit design does not provide an appropriate solution for conforming to relevant certification standards. For example, fluorescent lamps usually do not contain electronic components, so certification based on electromagnetic interference (EMI) standards and safety standards for lighting equipment provided by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is required. It's really easy to get. However, since LED straight tube lamps contain a considerable number of electronic components, it is important to consider the influence of the layout (structure) of those electronic components, and as a result, conform to the above standards. It's getting harder to get.

Further, although a DC drive signal is used to drive the LED, the drive signal for the fluorescent lamp is a low-frequency and low-voltage AC signal provided by an AC transmission line and a high-frequency and high-voltage AC signal provided by a ballast. There are also signals, or DC signals provided by emergency lighting batteries. Since the voltage and frequency spectra of these signals vary considerably depending on the type, simply performing rectification to generate the DC drive signal required for LED straight tube lamps is sufficient for conventional fluorescent lamp drive systems. It may not be possible to fit straight tube lamps.

Currently, LED straight tube lamps used as alternatives to conventional fluorescent lighting devices can be roughly classified into two types. One is a ballast compatible LED straight tube lamp such as a T-LED lamp, which can be directly replaced with a straight tube fluorescent lamp without changing the circuit of the lighting device at all. The other is a ballast bypass type LED straight tube lamp, which omits a conventional ballast on the circuit and connects a commercial power source directly to the LED straight tube lamp. The latter LED straight tube lamps are suitable for new equipment environments with new drive circuits and LED straight tube lamps. Ballast compatible LED straight tube lamps are also called "A type" LED straight tube lamps, and ballast bypass type LED straight tube lamps with lamp drive circuits are also called "B type" LED straight tube lamps. In the prior art, the B-type LED straight-tube lamp has a dual-end power supply structure, one of which is inserted into the lamp socket, but the other is not inserted, which corresponds to the B-type LED straight-tube lamp. The lamp socket is configured to receive commercial power directly without passing through the ballast, so if the user touches the metal or conductive part of the end cap that is not inserted in the lamp socket, the user will be electrocuted. There is a possibility of falling into. In addition, the frequency of the voltage provided by the ballast is much higher than the voltage provided directly from the mains / AC mains, so when a leakage current occurs in a B-type LED straight tube lamp, a skin effect occurs. Therefore, there is no adverse effect on the human body due to leakage current.

Therefore, since the B-type LED straight tube lamp has a higher risk of electric shock / electrical failure than the A type, the B-type LED straight tube lamp meets the strict requirements of safety certification standards (for example, UL, CE, GS). Therefore, it is necessary to make the leakage current very low.

Due to the above technical problems, even many well-known international lighting and LED lamp manufacturers are stuck in the difficulty of developing ballast bypass type / B type LED tuba lamps with dual-ended power supply structure. .. Taking GE Lighting corporation as an example, the sales material entitled "Considering LED tubes" published on July 8, 2014, and "Dollers & Sense: Type-B LED Tubes" published on October 21, 2016. According to the title sales material, the GE Lighting corporation has repeatedly asserted that the drawbacks of the risk of electric shock that occur in B-type LED straight tube lamps cannot be overcome, and therefore the GE Lighting corporation is a further product. Do not consider commercialization or sales.

In the prior art, a solution has been proposed in which a mechanical structure is placed on the end cap to prevent electric shock. In this electric shock protection design, when a user installs a straight tube lamp, the interaction / shift of mechanical components disconnects or disconnects the connection between the external power supply and the internal circuit of the straight tube lamp so as to achieve electric shock protection. Can be established.

Of particular note, the present disclosure may actually include one or more inventions, including patented and unpatented inventions. In order to avoid confusion caused by unnecessarily distinguishing these possible inventions at the stage of preparation of the present specification, a plurality of possible inventions are collectively referred to as "(the present invention) invention" in the present specification.

This "Outline of the Invention" section gives an overview of various embodiments, and the embodiments may be described in connection with the "Invention", but the term "Invention" is claimed. Regardless, it is used to describe a particular embodiment currently disclosed, and does not necessarily comprehensively describe all possible embodiments, but rather merely summarizes a particular embodiment. Some of the embodiments described below as various aspects of the "invention" can be combined in various forms to form LED straight tube lamps or parts thereof.

The present disclosure provides novel LED straight tube lamps and various aspects thereof.

According to certain embodiments, the LED lighting system comprises an LED straight tube lamp, a lamp socket, and a mounting detection module. The LED straight tube lamp is configured to receive an external drive signal at each of the two ends in order to emit light. The lamp socket is configured to fix the LED straight tube lamp and includes a signal line for transmitting the external drive signal. The mounting detection module is located in the lamp socket and, when the LED straight tube lamp is mounted on the lamp socket, is electrically connected in series to the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp via the signal line. It is configured to. The mounting detection module detects a signal on the signal line in order to determine whether or not the LED straight tube lamp is correctly mounted.

According to certain embodiments, the mounting detection module samples the signal during multiple sampling periods, each of which is between 1 microsecond and 1 millisecond.

According to certain embodiments, the lamp socket includes a base and two connection sockets. The base has the signal line arranged inside and is suitable for mounting on a fixed object. The connection socket is located at each end of the base and has a slot corresponding to the conductor pin of the LED straight tube lamp. When the LED straight tube lamp is mounted in the lamp socket, the conductor pin is inserted into the slot and electrically connects the power loop to the signal line to receive the external drive signal via the mounting detection module. Connect to.

According to certain embodiments, the mounting detection module is located inside the base.

According to certain embodiments, the mounting detection module is located inside at least one of the connection sockets.

According to certain embodiments, the connection socket with the mounting module is removably disposed on the base.

According to certain embodiments, the mounting detection module comprises a switch circuit, a detection pulse generation circuit, a detection determination circuit, and a control circuit. The switches are arranged in series on the signal line. The detection pulse generation circuit is configured to generate a pulse signal. The detection determination circuit is configured to detect a signal on the signal line and generate a detection result signal. The control circuit is electrically connected to the switch circuit, the detection pulse generation circuit, and the detection determination circuit, and is configured to control the switching state of the switch circuit according to the pulse signal and the detection result signal. To.

According to a particular embodiment, the detection pulse generation circuit determines whether the voltage of the external drive signal exceeds the reference voltage level and whether the pulse signal is output depending on the determination result.

According to a particular embodiment, when the determination result indicates that the voltage of the external drive signal rises and exceeds the reference voltage, the pulse generation circuit outputs the pulse signal.

According to a particular embodiment, the pulse generation circuit outputs a pulse signal when the determination result indicates that the voltage of the external drive signal drops to exceed the reference voltage.

According to a particular embodiment, when the determination result indicates that the voltage of the external drive signal exceeds the reference voltage, the pulse generation circuit outputs the pulse signal after a delay duration.

FIG. 1A is an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments, which is a flexible circuit sheet having both ends passing through the cross section of the lamp tube of the LED straight tube lamp connected to a power source. FIG. 5 is a plan sectional view schematically showing an LED straight tube lamp provided with an LED light strip. FIG. 1B is an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments, which is a flexible circuit sheet having both ends passing through the cross section of the lamp tube of the LED straight tube lamp connected to a power source. FIG. 5 is a plan sectional view schematically showing an LED straight tube lamp provided with an LED light strip. FIG. 1C is an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments, which is a flexible circuit sheet having both ends passing through the cross section of the lamp tube of the LED straight tube lamp connected to a power source. FIG. 5 is a plan sectional view schematically showing an LED straight tube lamp provided with an LED light strip. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing leads arranged between two end caps of an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 3A is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply system for LED straight tube lamps according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 3B is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply system for LED straight tube lamps according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 3C is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply system for LED straight tube lamps according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 3D is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply system for LED straight tube lamps according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 4A is a block diagram of an exemplary LED lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 4B is a block diagram of an exemplary LED lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 4C is a block diagram of an exemplary LED lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of an exemplary rectifier circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of an exemplary rectifier circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of an exemplary rectifier circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of an exemplary rectifier circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 6A is a block diagram of an exemplary filter circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 6B is a block diagram of an exemplary filter circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 6C is a block diagram of an exemplary filter circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 6D is a block diagram of an exemplary filter circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 6E is a block diagram of an exemplary filter circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7A is a block diagram of a drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7B is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7C is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7D is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7E is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7F is a schematic diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7G is a schematic diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7H is a schematic diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 7I is a schematic diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8A is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8B is a block diagram of an exemplary auxiliary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8C is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply module in an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8D is a block diagram of an exemplary auxiliary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8E is a block diagram of an exemplary auxiliary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8F is a schematic structure of an auxiliary power supply module arranged in an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8G is a schematic structure of an auxiliary power supply module arranged in an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8H is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8I is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8J is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8K is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8L is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8M is a charge-discharge waveform of the auxiliary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 8N is a charge-discharge waveform of the auxiliary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 9A is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 9B is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 10A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 10B is a schematic detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 10C is a schematic detection and determination circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 10D is a schematic detection result latch circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 10E is a schematic switch circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 11A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 11B is a schematic detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 11C is a schematic detection and determination circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 11D is a schematic detection result latch circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 11E is a schematic switch circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 12A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 12B is an internal circuit block diagram of an integrated control module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 12C is a schematic pulse generation auxiliary circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 12D is a schematic detection and determination auxiliary circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 12E is a schematic switch circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 13A is an internal circuit block diagram of a three-terminal switch device according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 13B is a schematic signal processing unit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 13C is a schematic signal generation unit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 13D is a schematic signal acquisition unit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 13E is a schematic switch unit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 13F is a schematic internal power detection unit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 14A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 14B is a schematic detection path circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 14C is a schematic detection path circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 14D is a schematic detection path circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 15A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 15B is a schematic mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 15C is a schematic mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16B is a schematic detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16C is a schematic detection path circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16D is a schematic detection and determination circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16E is a signal waveform of a schematic detection and determination circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16F is a schematic bias adjustment circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16G is a schematic detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 16H is a schematic detection path circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 17A is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply module in an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 17B is a schematic exemplary detection circuit and a schematic exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 17C is a schematic exemplary detection circuit and a schematic exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 18A is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply module in an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 18B is a schematic detection trigger circuit according to some typical embodiments and a drive circuit of the detection trigger circuit. FIG. 18C is a block diagram of an integrated controller according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 18D is a schematic detection trigger circuit according to some typical embodiments and a drive circuit of the detection trigger circuit. FIG. 19A is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 19B is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 19C is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 19D is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 19E is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 19F is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 20A is a block diagram of an exemplary mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 20B is a schematic bias circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 20C is a schematic bias circuit according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 21 is a block diagram of a detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 22A is a schematic detection pulse generation according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 22B is a schematic detection pulse generation according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 23A is a schematic signal timing sequence of the detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 23B is a schematic signal timing sequence of the detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 23C is a schematic signal timing sequence of the detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 23D is a schematic signal timing sequence of the detection pulse generation module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 24A is a block diagram of a power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 24B is a schematic mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 24C is a schematic mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 24D is a schematic mounting detection module according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 25A is a flowchart of a relighting detection method according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 25B is a flowchart of an emergency detection method according to some typical embodiments. FIG. 25C is a flowchart of a power-off detection method according to some typical embodiments.

The present disclosure provides a novel LED straight tube lamp. The present disclosure will be described in the following embodiments with reference to the drawings. In the present specification, the following descriptions of various embodiments of the present invention are presented for illustration and illustration purposes only. Therefore, it is not an exhaustive description of everything, nor is it limited to the precise forms disclosed. These exemplary embodiments are merely "examples" and various embodiments and modifications are possible that do not require detailed description herein. Although this disclosure also provides detailed explanations of alternatives, it should be emphasized that it does not cover all alternatives. Moreover, the fact that the various examples are consistent in detail should not be interpreted as the need to explain such details. It is impractical to list all possible variants for all of the features described herein. The wording of the claims should be referred to in establishing the requirements of the present invention.

In the drawings, the size and relative size of each part may be exaggerated for the sake of clarity. Throughout, similar elements are similarly numbered.

The terms used herein are used solely to describe a particular embodiment and are not intended to limit the invention. As used herein, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" shall include the plural forms as well, unless otherwise specified in the text. As used herein, the term "and / or (and / or)" includes any and all combinations of one or more of the listed related items and may be abbreviated as "/".

Of course, in the present specification, terms such as first, second, and third are used to describe various elements, parts, regions, layers, or steps, but these elements, parts, regions, Layers and / or steps are not limited to these terms. Unless otherwise specified in the text, these terms are used, for example, as a naming convention to distinguish one element, part, area, layer or step from another element, part, area, or step. I'm just there. Therefore, the first element, the first component, the first region, the first layer or the first step discussed in a paragraph of the present specification are described herein to the extent that they do not deviate from the teachings of the present invention. In another paragraph or claim, it may be referred to as a second element, a second component, a second region, a second layer or a second step. In some cases, even if the terms are not explained using terms such as "first" and "second" in the present specification, the claims are used to distinguish different claim elements from each other. It may be called "first" or "second".

Further, of course, the terms "preparing", "comprises and / or (comprising)", or "having", "inclusions and / or (incuring)" are defined herein. Existence of one or more other features, areas, integers, steps, actions, elements, parts and / or groups, which specifies the existence of features, areas, integers, steps, actions, elements and / or parts. Or, it does not exclude the addition.

Of course, if one element states that it is "connected" or "coupled" to another element, or to another element "on", then one element is another element. It may be directly connected or connected to or on another element, or an intervening element may be present. On the other hand, if it is written that one element is "directly connected" or "directly coupled" to another element, there are no intervening elements. Other words used to describe the relationships between the elements should be interpreted in the same way (eg, "between" and "directly between" and "adjacent". "Adjacent" and "directly adjacent" etc.). However, as used herein, the term "contact" refers to a direct connection (ie, contact) unless otherwise indicated in the text.

The embodiments described in the present specification will be described with reference to a plan view and / or a cross-sectional view with reference to an ideal schematic diagram. That is, these exemplary drawings may be modified depending on the manufacturing technique and / or manufacturing tolerance. Therefore, the disclosed embodiments are not limited to those shown in the drawings, but also include modifications to the configurations formed based on the manufacturing process. Therefore, the regions illustrated in the drawings are of exemplary nature, and the shapes of the regions shown in the drawings may exemplify specific shapes of regions of elements that are not limited by aspects of the invention.

As shown in the drawings, in order to clearly explain the relationship between one element or feature and another element or feature, "beneath", "below", and "lower" are used in the present specification. In some cases, terms such as "lower", "above", and "upper" are used to express spatial relative relationships. Of course, the term for spatial relatives includes not only the orientations depicted in the drawings, but also the various orientations of the device that change during use or operation. For example, when the device in the drawing is turned upside down, the other element or feature described as "beneath" or "below" is above the other element or feature. (Above) ”. Thus, the word "below" can include both up and down orientations. The device may be oriented differently (rotated 90 degrees, or in various other orientations), and the interpretation of the terms used herein to describe spatial relatives may vary.

“Same”, “equal”, “planar”, and “coplanar” used in the present specification when describing orientation, layout, position, shape, size, quantity, and other objects to be measured. The term "planar" does not necessarily mean the exact same orientation, layout, position, shape, size, quantity, or other measurement, but is approximately the same, for example, within the tolerances that can occur in the manufacturing process. Orientation, layout, position, shape, size, quantity, and other objects to be measured. The term "substantially" may be used herein to emphasize the above implications, unless otherwise indicated in the text or otherwise. For example, items described as "substantially the same", "substantially equal", or "substantially planar" are exactly the same, equal, or equal. It may be flat, or may be "same," "equal," or "flat," for example, within the tolerances that can occur due to the manufacturing process.

Terms such as "about, about" and "abbreviated, approximately" do not change the relative relationship slightly and / or substantially change the orientation, functionality, or structure of a particular element. May represent varying size, orientation, or layout. For example, the range of "about 0.1 to about 1" is 1 from an error of 0.1 plus or minus 0% to 5%, especially if the same effect as this range can be maintained even if there is some error. An error range of plus or minus 0% to 5% may be included.

As used herein, terms such as "transistor" refer to any suitable type of field effect transistor, such as, for example, N-type metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistors (MOSFETs), P-type MOSFETs, GaN FETs, SiC FETs, etc. (FET), bipolar junction transistor (BJT), Darlington BJT, heterojunction bipolar transistor (HBT) and the like may be included.

Unless otherwise defined, all terms used herein (including terminology and scientific terms) have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. doing. Moreover, of course, terms such as those defined in commonly used dictionaries should be construed as having a meaning consistent with the relevant art and / or meaning in the context of the present application. Yes, it will not be construed as an idealized or overly formal meaning unless otherwise specified herein.

In the present specification, the item described as "electrically connected" is configured so that an electric signal can be passed from one item to another. Thus, a conductive passive that is physically connected to an electrically insulating passive component (eg, an electrically insulating adhesive that connects two devices, an electrically insulating underfill or a mold layer, etc.) of a printed circuit board prepreg layer. Parts (eg, wires, pads, internal wires, etc.) cannot be said to be electrically connected. Further, items that are "directly electrically connected" to each other are electrically connected through, for example, one or more passive elements such as wires, pads, internal wires, resistors, and the like. As described above, the directly electrically connected components do not include components electrically connected through active elements such as transistors and diodes or capacitors. The directly electrically connected elements may be directly physically connected and may be directly electrically connected.

The components described as being thermally connected or thermally communicated are arranged so that heat can be transferred from the first component to the second component by following a path between the components. Just because two parts are part of the same device or the same board does not mean that they are thermally connected. In general, a thermally conductive component that is directly connected to another thermally conductive or heat-generating component (or is connected to such a component through an intervening thermally conductive component, or is substantially thermal. A component (placed in close proximity to allow transmission) is described as being thermally connected or thermally communicated to such component. On the other hand, two parts with a heat insulating material sandwiched between them, which is a material that substantially hinders heat transfer between the two parts or a material that enables only incidental heat transfer, are thermally connected to each other or heat. It is not stated that they communicated with each other. The term "heat-conductive" or "thermally-conductive" does not apply to materials that provide ancillary thermal conductivity, but is generally considered to be a material with good thermal conductivity, heat transfer. Refers to a material that is considered to be useful in Japan, or a component that has the same thermal conductivity as such a material.

Each embodiment may be described and illustrated in the form of functional blocks, units and / or modules. For those skilled in the art, such blocks, units and / or modules can be formed using semiconductor-based fabrication techniques and other manufacturing techniques in logic circuits, individual components, analog circuits, hardwired circuits, memory elements, wiring. You will find that it is physically implemented by electronic (or optical) circuits such as connections. In the case of blocks, units and / or modules implemented by microprocessors and the like, various functions as described herein may be performed by programming with software (eg, microcode). It may be optionally driven by firmware and / or software. Alternatively, each block, unit and / or module may be implemented on dedicated hardware, with dedicated hardware performing some function and processors performing other functions (eg, one or more programmed microprocessors). And related circuits) may be implemented in combination. Also, each block, unit and / or module of each embodiment may be physically divided into two or more interacting discrete blocks, units and / or modules. In addition, blocks, units and / or modules of various embodiments may be physically combined into more complex blocks, units and / or modules.

If the terms in the present application conflict with the terms used in another application in which the present application claims priority, or the terms incorporated by reference in the present application or another application in which the present application claims priority. , A structure based on the terms used or defined in the present application shall apply.

It should be noted that the following description of various embodiments of the present disclosure will be described herein in order to clearly illustrate the features of the invention of the present disclosure. However, it is not intended that the various embodiments may be implemented alone. Rather, it is conceivable that a variety of different embodiments can and are intended to be used together in the final product and can be combined in different ways to achieve a variety of final products. .. Thus, one of ordinary skill in the art can combine possible embodiments together or exchange components / modules between different embodiments according to design requirements. The embodiments taught herein are not limited to those described in the examples below, but include all possible substitutions and configurations between various embodiments.

FIG. 1A is a plan sectional view schematically showing an LED straight tube lamp including an LED light strip and a power supply module according to some typical embodiments. Referring to FIG. 1A, the LED straight tube lamp can include an LED light strip 2 and a power supply 5, where the power supply 5 can be a modular element, i.e., the power supply 5 is a single power supply circuit. Can be integrated into, or can be integrated into multiple independent power circuits. For example, in one embodiment, the power supply 5 is a single unit located in one of the end caps at one end of the lamp tube (ie, all components of the power supply 5 are located in a single body / carrier). Can be. In another embodiment, the power supply 5 can be two separate units (ie, the components of the power supply 5 are split into two parts) located on different end caps at each end of the lamp tube. ..

In the embodiment of FIG. 1A, the power supply 5 is shown as being integrated into, for example, one module (hereinafter referred to as power supply module 5) and is arranged in an end cap parallel to the axial cyd of the lamp tube. More specifically, the axial cyd of the lamp tube, which refers to the direction pointed to by the axis of the lamp tube, is perpendicular to the end wall of the end cap. Arranging the power supply module 5 parallel to the axial cyd means that the circuit board having the electronic components of the power supply module is parallel to the axial cyd. Therefore, the normal direction of the circuit board is perpendicular to the axial direction cyd. In certain embodiments, the power supply module 5 is located at a position through which the axial cyd passes, above the axial plane / axial cyd (with respect to the drawings), or below the axial plane / axial cyd. Can be done. The present invention is not limited to the above aspects.

FIG. 1B is another plan sectional view schematically showing an LED straight tube lamp including an LED light strip and a power supply module according to some typical embodiments. Referring to FIG. 1B, the difference between the embodiment of FIG. 1A and the embodiment of FIG. 1B is that the power supply module 5 shown in FIG. 1B is arranged in an end cap perpendicular to the axial cyd of the lamp tube. is there. For example, the power supply module 5 is arranged so as to be parallel to the end wall of the end cap. FIG. 1B shows electronic components arranged on the side facing the inside of the lamp tube, but the present invention is not limited to this mode. In certain embodiments, the electronic component can be placed on the side facing the end wall of the corresponding end cap. Under these configurations, at least one opening can be formed within the end wall of the end cap, so that the heat dissipation effect of the electronic component can be improved through the opening.

Further, since the power supply module 5 is arranged vertically in the end cap, as shown in FIG. 1C, the power supply module 5 can be further divided into a plurality of separate circuit boards in the end cap. Space can be increased. FIG. 1C is yet another plan sectional view schematically showing an LED straight tube lamp including an LED light strip and a power supply module according to some typical embodiments. The difference between the embodiment of FIG. 1B and the embodiment of FIG. 1C is that the power supply 5 is formed by two power supply modules 5a and 5b. The power supply modules 5a and 5b are arranged in the end cap perpendicular to the axial cyd, and are arranged along the axial cyd toward the end wall of the end cap. Specifically, the power supply modules 5a and 5b each have an independent circuit board. The circuit boards are connected to each other via one or more electrical connecting means so that the overall power supply circuit topology is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1A or FIG. 1B. According to the configuration of FIG. 1C, the space in the end cap can be used more effectively, and as a result, the circuit layout space can be increased. In some particular embodiments, the electronic components that generate more heat (eg, capacitors and inductors) are power supplies near the end walls to enhance the heat dissipation effect of the electronic components through the openings on the end caps. It can be placed on the module 5b.

In certain embodiments, the circuit boards of the power supply modules 5a and 5b can be designed as a disk-shaped structure (not shown). The disk-shaped circuit boards are arranged on the same end cap along the same axis. For example, the maximum outer diameter of the circuit board can be slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the end cap, and the normal direction of the disk plane is substantially parallel to the radial direction of the end cap, resulting in a disk-shaped circuit board at the end. It can be placed in the space of the cap. In certain embodiments, at least a DC-DC converter and a conversion control IC (ie, a lighting control circuit) are located on the disk-shaped circuit board of the power supply module 5a, at least a fuse, an EMI module, a rectifier circuit and mounting detection. The module is arranged on the disk-shaped circuit board of the power supply module 5b. The disk-shaped circuit board of the power supply module 5b is located near the side wall of the end cap (relative to the power supply module 5a and other components of the LED straight tube lamp) and is electrically connected to the conductor pins on the end cap. To. The disk-shaped circuit boards of the power supply modules 5a and 5b are electrically connected to each other. The disk-shaped circuit board of the power supply module 5a is electrically connected to the LED light strip 2.

In certain embodiments, the circuit boards of the power supply modules 5a and 5b employ an octagonal structure in order to arrange the power supply modules 5a and 5b vertically within the cylindrical end cap and maximize the layout area. be able to. However, other shapes can also be used.

Regarding the connecting means between the power supply modules 5a and 5b, separate power supply modules 5a and 5b can be connected to each other, for example, through male plugs and female plugs, or by joining leads. When the reed is used to connect the power supply modules 5a and 5b, the outer layer of the reed can be wrapped with an insulating sleeve to function as an electrical insulation protection. In addition, the power supply modules 5a and 5b can be connected via rivets or solder paste, or can be joined together by wires.

With reference to FIGS. 1A-1C, the LED straight tube lamp can include an LED light strip 2. In certain embodiments, the LED light strip 2 may be formed, for example, from a flexible flexible circuit sheet. Further, as described below, the flexible circuit sheet may also be described as a flexible circuit board. The LED light strip 2 and, for example, a flexible circuit sheet may also be a flexible strip such as a flexible or non-rigid tape or ribbon. Both ends of the flexible circuit sheet may pass through the crossover portion of the lamp tube of the LED straight tube lamp and be connected to the power supply 5. In some embodiments, both ends of the flexible circuit sheet may be connected to a power source in one end cap of the LED straight tube lamp. For example, at both ends of an LED straight tube lamp, a part of the flexible circuit sheet bends in a direction away from the lamp tube so that the lamp tube passes through a narrow crossover, and the flexible circuit sheet is one of the LED straight tube lamps. It may be connected so as to overlap with a part of the power supply in the end cap of.

The power supply described herein may include a circuit that converts or generates power based on the voltage received in order to supply power to operate the LED module of the LED straight tube lamp. Although the power supply is described in association with the power supply 5, another name may be referred to as a power conversion module or circuit, or a power supply module. The power conversion module or circuit, or power supply module, may supply or provide power to the LED module from external (one or more) signals such as AC transmission lines or ballasts. For example, the power supply 5 may refer to a circuit that converts an AC line voltage into a DC voltage and supplies electric power to an LED or an LED module. The power source 5 may include one or more power components mounted on it to convert and / or generate power.

FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing leads arranged between two end caps of an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments.

Referring to FIG. 2, in some embodiments, the LED straight tube lamp includes a lamp tube (not shown in FIG. 2), an end cap (not shown in FIG. 2), a light strip 2, and a lamp tube. Includes a short circuit board 253 (also referred to as a right-end short circuit board 253 and a left-end short circuit board 253) provided at both ends of the above, and an induction element 526. At both ends of the lamp tube may be at least one conductor pin or external connection terminal for receiving an external drive signal. The end caps are arranged at both ends of the lamp tube, and the short circuit board 253 (at least a partial electronic component) shown to be located at the left and right ends of the lamp tube in FIG. 2 is inside the end cap. Can be placed in. The short circuit board may be, for example, a rigid circuit board as shown in FIG. 1 and described in connection with FIG. 1, and various other rigid circuit boards described herein. For example, these circuit boards may mount one or more power supply components for generating and / or converting the power used to light the LED light sources on the light strip 2. The light strip 2 includes an LED module arranged in a lamp tube and having an LED unit 632.

In the case of an LED straight tube lamp such as an 8-foot 42W LED straight tube lamp, two (partial) power supply circuits (each having a power rating of, for example, 21W, 17.) are used to receive dual-ended power supply between both ends of the LED straight tube lamp. 5W, or 12.5W) is typically placed within the two end caps of the lamp tube, respectively, and between the two end caps of the lamp tube (eg, two conductor pins or external connections at each end cap of the lamp tube). Leads as input signal lines (usually called lead lines, neutrals, and grounds) located between the terminals and connected to power circuits located on both sides of the write strip. ) May be required. Lead lines (also known as "live lines") and / or lead neutrals (also known as "neutral wires") are flexible, for example, to receive and transmit external drive signals from a power source. It can be placed along a light strip that can include circuit sheets or flexible circuit boards. The lead line is different from the two leads usually called LED + and LED- connected to the positive electrode and the negative electrode of the LED unit in the lamp tube, respectively. The lead line is also different from the lead ground (also referred to as "ground wire") arranged between the respective ground terminals of the LED straight tube lamp. Because the leads are usually placed along the write strip and because they are in close proximity to each other, there can be (one or more) parasitic capacitances (eg, about 200pF) between the leads and the lead LEDs +. Therefore, some high frequency signals that pass through the lead LED + (not in the intended frequency range of the signal to power the LED module) are reflected by the lead line through the parasitic capacitance (one or more) and then reflected on the lead line. It can be detected on the leads as an undesired EMI effect. The undesired EMI effect can reduce or degrade the quality of power transmission of the LED straight tube lamp.

With reference to FIG. 2 again, in some embodiments, the right and left short circuit boards 253 are electrically connected to the light strip 2. In some embodiments, the electrical connection (such as by soldering or (one or more) bonding pads) between the short circuit board 253 and the light strip 2 is with a first terminal (indicated by an "L"). , 2nd terminal (indicated by "+" or "LED +"), 3rd terminal (indicated by "-" or "LED-"), and 4th terminal (indicated by "GND" or "ground") ) And can be included. The light strip 2 includes terminals 1 to 4 at the first end of the light strip 2 adjacent to the right end short circuit board 253 near one end cap of the lamp tube, and the left end short near the other end cap of the lamp tube. The second end of the light strip 2 adjacent to the circuit board 253, which is opposite to the first end, includes the first to fourth terminals. The right-end short circuit board 253 also includes first to fourth terminals for connecting to the first to fourth terminals of the light strip 2 at the first end of the light strip 2. The leftmost short circuit board 253 also includes first to fourth terminals for connecting to the first to fourth terminals of the light strip 2 at the second end of the light strip 2. For example, the first terminal L is used to connect a lead (usually referred to as line or neutral) for connecting both at least one pin at each end of the lamp tube, and the second terminal LED + is Each of the short circuit boards 253 is used to connect to the positive electrode of the LED unit 632 of the LED module included in the light strip 2. The third terminal LED-is used to connect each of the short circuit boards 253 to the negative electrode of the LED unit 632 of the LED module included in the light strip 2. The fourth terminal GND is used to connect to the reference potential. Preferably and typically, the reference potential is defined as the ground potential. Therefore, the fourth terminal is used for the purpose of grounding the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp.

In order to address the unwanted EMI effect caused by the (one or more) parasitic capacitance between the reed line and the reed LED +, the induction element 526 placed in the reed ground allows the high frequency signal to pass through. It serves to reduce or prevent the EMI effect by inhibiting the formation of a complete circuit between the LED + and the ground lead. This is because the induction element 526 behaves like an open circuit at the high frequency. If the complete circuit is prevented or blocked by the inductive element 526, the high frequency signal is prevented on the lead LED + and thus not reflected by the lead line, thus preventing unwanted EMI effects. In some embodiments, the induction element 526 is connected between two of the fourth terminals of the right and left short circuit boards 253 at both ends of the lamp tube, respectively. In some embodiments, the guide element 526 is described above for a lead (“line”) arranged along the light strip 2 between two first terminals (“L”), each at both ends of the lamp tube. Inductors such as choke inductors or dual in-line package inductors that can achieve the ability to eliminate or reduce the EMI effect can be included. Therefore, this function can improve the signal transmission of the power supply of the LED straight tube lamp (including the transmission through the leads "L", "LED +", and "LED-"), and thus the quality of the LED straight tube lamp. .. Therefore, the LED straight tube lamp provided with the induction element 526 can effectively reduce the EMI effect of the lead "L" or "line". In addition, such LED straight tube lamps or LED lighting fixtures have whether the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket or whether the external impedance is electrically connected to the LED straight tube lamp. The mounting detection circuit or module described below with reference to FIGS. 9A and 9B may be further provided to detect.

FIG. 3A is a block diagram of a system including an LED straight tube lamp including a power supply module according to a particular embodiment. With reference to FIG. 3A, the alternating current (AC) power source 508 is used to supply the alternating current supply signal and may be, for example, an alternating current transmission line with a rated voltage of 100 to 277 V and a rated frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz. The LED straight tube lamp 500 receives an AC supply signal as an external drive signal and is therefore driven to emit light. In this embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 500 supplies power at one end cap having two conductor pins 501 and 502 (which can be referred to as external connection terminals) used to receive an AC supply signal. It is in a driving environment such as receiving.

As an alternative to the application of the single-ended power supply described above, the LED straight tube lamp may be powered by end caps on both sides, each with two conductor pins. These conductor pins are connected to the lamp drive circuit so as to receive the AC supply signal at the same time. Under the structure in which the LED straight tube lamp has two end caps and each end cap has two conductor pins, the LED straight tube lamp is either by one pin in each end cap or in each end cap. It can be designed to receive an AC supply signal by the two pins of.

As an example of a circuit configuration of a power supply module that receives an AC supply signal by one pin of each end cap, a block diagram of an exemplary power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments is shown. , 3B and 3C can be referred to (hereinafter referred to as "dual-ended single pin configuration"). Referring to FIG. 4B, each end cap of the LED straight tube lamp 500 may have only one conductor pin for receiving an AC supply signal. For example, it is not necessary to have two conductor pins in each end cap in order to conduct electricity to both ends of the LED straight tube lamp. Compared to FIG. 3A, the conductor pins 501 and 502 of FIG. 3B are similarly configured in both end caps of the LED straight tube lamp 500, and the AC power supply 508 is the same as described above. With reference to FIG. 3C, conductor pins 501 and 502 are configured similar to those of FIG. 3B. The difference between the embodiment of FIG. 3B and the embodiment of FIG. 3C is that the LED straight tube lamp 500 shown in FIG. 3C further has two conductor pins 503 and 504 on each end cap. Conductor pins 503 and 504 are capable of receiving power supply signals or other signals required for the operation of LED straight tube lamps, and related embodiments will be described below.

For the circuit configuration of a power supply module that receives an AC supply signal by two pins in each end cap, a block diagram of an exemplary power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments is shown. , FIG. 3D can be referred to (see “Dual End Dual Pin Configuration” below). Compared to FIGS. 3A and 3B, the present embodiment further comprises pins 503 and 504, one end cap of the lamp tube has pins 501 and 503, and the other end cap of the lamp tube is pins 502 and 504. Has. Under dual-ended dual-pin configurations, both pins on the same end cap can be internally connected to each other, for example pin 501 is connected to pin 503 on the left end cap and / or pin 502 is right. Connected to pin 504 on the end cap. Therefore, pins 501 and 503 can be used to connect the AC power supply 508 to the live line, and pins 502 and 504 can be used to connect the AC power supply 508 to the neutral line. Therefore, the power supply module in the straight tube lamp can perform rectification and filtering of the received signal. If the AC supply signal is provided to two pins on each end cap, the same side pin can receive the AC supply signal from either the live line or the neutral line.

FIG. 4A is a block diagram of the LED lamp according to the embodiment. Referring to FIG. 4A, the LED lamp power supply module may include a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, and some parts of the LED lighting module 530. The rectifier circuit 510 is connected to two pins 501 and 502, receives a drive signal from the outside, and rectifies the rectifier, thereby outputting a rectifier signal from the two rectifier output terminals 511 and 512. In some embodiments, the external drive signal may be an AC supply signal as described with reference to FIGS. 3A-3D. In some embodiments, the external drive signal may be a DC signal, again without changing the LED straight tube lamp. The filter circuit 520 is connected to the rectifier circuit in order to filter the rectifier signal and generate the filter signal. For example, the filter circuit 520 is connected to the rectifier circuit output terminals 511 and 512, receives the rectifier signal and filters it, and outputs the filter signal from the two output terminals 521 and 522. The LED lighting module 530, which includes the drive circuit 1530 and the LED module 50, is coupled to the filter circuit 520 and receives a filtered signal to emit light. For example, the LED lighting module 530 receives the filtered signal, and as a result, drives the LED module 50 in the LED lighting module 530 and the LED unit (not shown) of the module via the drive output terminals 531 and 532. A circuit connected to the filter output terminals 521 and 522 can be included in order to emit light. In some embodiments, the LED module 50 driven to emit light can refer to the lumens of the LED module reaching at least 50% of the rated lumens. The details of the operation will be described below according to some specific embodiments.

FIG. 4B is a block diagram of an exemplary LED lamp according to some typical embodiments. Referring to FIG. 4B, the LED lamp power supply module can be used in the single-ended power supply configuration shown in FIG. 4A or the dual-ended power supply configuration shown in FIGS. 3B to 3D, the first rectifier circuit 510 and the filter circuit. It includes a 520, an LED lighting module 530, and a second rectifier circuit 540. The first rectifier circuit 510 is connected to pins 501 and 502 to receive and then rectify the external drive signals transmitted by pins 501 and 502, and the second rectifier circuit 540 is transmitted by pins 503 and 504. External drive signals are received and then coupled to pins 503 and 504 for rectification. The first rectifier circuit 510 and the second rectifier circuit 540 of the power supply module collectively output the rectifier signal at the two rectifier circuit output terminals 511 and 512. The filter circuit 520 is connected to the rectifier circuit output terminals 511 and 512, receives the rectified signal, and filters the signal to output the filtered signal from the two filter output terminals. The LED lighting module 530 receives the filtered signal, and as a result, drives the LED module 50 and the LED unit (not shown) of the module via the drive output terminals 531 and 532 to emit light. It is connected to terminals 521 and 522.

FIG. 4C is a block diagram of an exemplary LED lamp according to some typical embodiments. Referring to FIG. 4C, the LED straight tube lamp power supply module can also be used in the single-ended power supply configuration shown in FIG. 3A or the dual-ended power supply configuration shown in FIGS. 3B-3D, with a rectifier circuit 510 and a filter circuit 520. And a part of the LED lighting module 530. The difference between the embodiment shown in FIG. 4C and the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B is that the rectifier circuit 510 has three input terminals connected to pins 501 to 503, respectively. The rectifier circuit 510 rectifies the signal received from pins 501 to 503, and pin 504 can be set to a floating state or connected to pin 503. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the second rectifier circuit 540 can be omitted. The rest of the circuit operates substantially in the same manner as the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, and therefore no detailed description will be repeated herein.

In the embodiment of these drawings, there are two rectified output terminals 511 and 512 and two filter output terminals 521 and 522, but in reality, between the rectified circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, and the LED lighting module 530. The number of ports or terminals connecting the above may be one or more depending on the need for transmitting signals between circuits or devices.

In addition, the LED lamp power supply module described in FIG. 4A and the LED lamp power supply module embodiments described below may be used in the LED straight tube lamps 500 of FIGS. 4A and 4B, respectively, and instead. , Any other type of LED lighting structure with two conductor pins used to carry power, such as bulb-shaped LED lighting, personal area lights (PAL), (PL-S, PL-D, It may be used in a plug-in LED lamp or the like having a different type of base (PL-T, PL-L, etc.). Further, by implementing the present invention for bulb-shaped LED lighting in combination with the structure disclosed in International Publication No. 2016/045631, the electric shock protection effect may be enhanced.

FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of a rectifier circuit according to an embodiment. Referring to FIG. 5A, the rectifier circuit 610, or bridge rectifier, comprises four rectifier diodes 611, 612, 613, 614 configured to full-wave rectify the received signal. The diode 611 has an anode connected to the output terminal 512 and a cathode connected to the pin 502. The diode 612 has an anode connected to the output terminal 512 and a cathode connected to pin 501. The diode 613 has an anode connected to pin 502 and a cathode connected to output terminal 511. The diode 614 has an anode connected to pin 501 and a cathode connected to output terminal 511.

When the pins 501 and 502 receive the AC supply signal, the rectifier circuit 610 performs the following operations. During the positive half cycle of the connected AC supply signal, the AC supply signal is input to pin 501, diode 614, and output terminal 511 in that order, and then passes through output terminal 512, diode 611, and pin 502 in order to be output. .. During the negative half cycle of the connected AC supply signal, the AC supply signal is input to pin 502, diode 613, and output terminal 511 in order, and then passes through output terminal 512, diode 612, and pin 501 in order to output. Will be done. Therefore, during the entire cycle of the connected AC supply signal, the positive electrode of the rectified signal generated by the rectifier circuit 610 is held at the output terminal 511, and the negative electrode of the rectified signal is held at the output terminal 512. Therefore, the rectifier signal generated or output by the rectifier circuit 610 is a full-wave rectifier signal.

When pins 501 and 502 are connected to a DC power supply to receive a DC signal, the rectifier circuit 610 performs the following operations. When the pin 501 is connected to the positive end of the DC power supply and the pin 502 is connected to the negative end of the DC power supply, the DC signal is input to the pin 501, the diode 614, and the output terminal 511 in this order, and then the output terminal 512, the diode 611, It passes through pins 502 in order and is output. When the pin 501 is connected to the negative end of the DC power supply and the pin 502 is connected to the positive end of the DC power supply, the DC signal is input to the pin 502, the diode 613, and the output terminal 511 in this order, and then the output terminal 512, the diode 612, It passes through pins 501 in order and is output. Therefore, even if the electrical polarity of the DC signal changes between pins 501 and 502, the positive electrode of the rectified signal generated by the rectifier circuit 610 is directly connected to the output terminal 511, and the negative electrode of the rectified signal is directly connected to the output terminal 512. It is being held.

Therefore, the rectifier circuit 610 in the present embodiment can output or generate an appropriate rectifier signal regardless of whether the received input signal is an AC signal or a DC signal.

FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of a rectifier circuit according to an embodiment. Referring to FIG. 5B, the rectifier circuit 710 includes two rectifier diodes 711 and 712 configured to half-wave rectify the received signal. The rectifying diode 711 has an anode connected to pin 502 and a cathode connected to the rectified output terminal 511. The rectifying diode 712 has an anode connected to the rectified output terminal 511 and a cathode connected to pin 501. The rectified output terminal 512 can be omitted or connected to the ground depending on the actual application. The detailed operation of the rectifier circuit 710 will be described later.

During the positive half cycle of the connected AC supply signal, the signal level of the AC supply signal input via the pin 501 is higher than the signal level of the AC supply signal input via the pin 502. At that point, both the rectifier diodes 711 and 712 are cut off by being reverse-biased, so that the rectifier circuit 710 stops outputting the rectified signal. During the negative half cycle of the connected AC supply signal, the signal level of the AC supply signal input via the pin 501 is smaller than the signal level of the AC supply signal input via the pin 502. At this point, both the rectifying diodes 711 and 712 are conducting by being biased in the forward direction, so the AC supply signal is input through the pin 502, the rectifying diode 711, and the rectifying output terminal 511 in that order. It is later output through the rectified output terminal 512 or another circuit of the LED straight tube lamp or ground. Therefore, the rectifier signal generated or output by the rectifier circuit 710 is a half-wave rectifier signal.

It should be noted that if pins 501 and 502 shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B are changed to pins 503 and 504, respectively, the rectifier circuits 610 and 710 can be regarded as the rectifier circuit 540 shown in FIG. 4B. .. More specifically, in one typical embodiment, when the full-wave rectifier circuit 610 shown in FIG. 5A is applied to the dual-ended straight tube lamp shown in FIG. 4B, the configurations of the rectifier circuits 510 and 540 are shown in FIG. It is shown in 5C. FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a rectifier circuit according to an embodiment.

Referring to FIG. 5C, the rectifier circuit 640 has the same configuration as the rectifier circuit 610, which is a bridge rectifier circuit. The rectifier circuit 610 includes four rectifier diodes 611-614 having the same configuration as the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A. The rectifier circuit 640 includes four rectifier diodes 641 to 644 and is configured to perform full-wave rectification on the received signal. The rectifying diode 641 has an anode connected to the rectified output terminal 512 and a cathode connected to pin 504. The rectifying diode 642 has an anode connected to the rectified output terminal 512 and a cathode connected to pin 503. The rectifying diode 643 has an anode connected to pin 502 and a cathode connected to the rectified output terminal 511. The rectifying diode 644 has an anode connected to pin 503 and a cathode connected to the rectified output terminal 511.

In the present embodiment, the rectifier circuits 610 and 640 are configured to correspond to each other, and the difference between the rectifier circuits 610 and 640 is the input of the rectifier circuit 610 (which can be used as the rectifier circuit 510 shown in FIG. 4B). The terminals are connected to pins 501 and 502, but the input terminals of the rectifier circuit 640 (which can be used as the rectifier circuit 540 shown in FIG. 4B) are connected to pins 503 and 504. Therefore, the present embodiment provides a structure including two full-wave rectifier circuits in order to realize a dual-ended dual-pin circuit configuration.

In some embodiments, in the rectifier circuit shown in the example of FIG. 5C, the circuit configuration is arranged as a dual-ended dual-pin configuration, but the external drive signal is provided through both pins on each end cap. Not limited to. Under the configuration shown in FIG. 5C, the AC feed signal is provided in FIG. 5C regardless of whether it is delivered through both pins on a single end cap or through the signal pins on each end cap. The rectifier circuit shown can correctly rectify the received signal and generate a rectifier signal for lighting the LED straight tube lamp. The detailed operation will be described later.

If the AC supply signal is provided through both pins on a single end cap, the AC supply signal can be applied to pins 501 and 502, or pins 503 and 504. When the AC supply signal is applied to pins 501 and 502, the rectifier circuit 610 performs full-wave rectification of the AC supply signal based on the operation shown in the embodiment of FIG. 5A, and the rectifier circuit 640 does not operate. Conversely, when an external drive signal is applied to pins 503 and 504, the rectifier circuit 640 performs full-wave rectification of the AC supply signal based on the operation shown in the embodiment of FIG. 5A, and the rectifier circuit 610 operates. do not do.

If the AC supply signal is provided through a single pin on each end cap, the AC supply signal can be applied to pins 501 and 504, or pins 502 and 503. For example, the dual pins of each end cap can be placed based on a standard socket configuration so that the AC feed signal is applied to either pins 501 and 504 or pins 502 and 503, but pins 501 and Not applied to 503 or pins 502 and 504 (eg, based on the physical positioning of the pins on each end cap).

When the AC supply signal is applied to pins 501 and 504 during the positive half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, the voltage of pin 501 is higher than the voltage of pin 504), the AC supply signal is applied to pins 501, diode 614, And, after being input to the output terminal 511 in order, it passes through the output terminal 512, the diode 641, and the pin 504 in order and is output. In this mode, the output terminal 511 remains at a higher voltage than the output terminal 512. During the positive half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, the voltage of pin 504 is higher than the voltage of pin 501), the AC supply signal is input to pin 504, diode 643, and output terminal 511 in that order, and then output terminal 512. , The diode 612, and the pin 501 in order, and output. In this mode, the output terminal 511 still has a higher voltage than the output terminal 512. Therefore, during the entire cycle of the AC supply signal, the positive electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 511 and the negative electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 512. Therefore, the diodes 612 and 614 of the rectifier circuit 610 and the diodes 641 and 643 of the rectifier circuit 640 are configured to perform full-wave rectification on the AC supply signal, and thus by the diodes 612, 614, 641, and 643. The rectified signal generated or output is a full-wave rectified signal.

On the other hand, when the AC supply signal is applied to pins 502 and 503 during the positive half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, the voltage of pin 502 is higher than the voltage of pin 503), the AC supply signal is pin 502, diode. After being input to 613 and output terminal 511 in order, it is output through the output terminal 512, the diode 642, and the pin 503. During the negative half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, the voltage of pin 503 is higher than the voltage of pin 502), the AC supply signal is input to pin 503, diode 644, and output terminal 511 in that order, and then output terminal 512. , The diode 611, and the pin 502 in order to output. Therefore, during the entire cycle of the AC supply signal, the positive electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 511 and the negative electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 512. Therefore, the diodes 611 and 613 of the rectifier circuit 610, and the diodes 642 and 644 of the rectifier circuit 640, are configured to perform full-wave rectification on the AC supply signal, and thus by the diodes 611, 613, 642, and 644. The rectified signal generated or output is a full-wave rectified signal.

If the AC supply signal is provided through two pins on each end cap, the respective operations of the rectifier circuits 610 and 640 can refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5A and are not repeated herein. The rectifier signals generated by the rectifier circuits 610 and 640 are superimposed on the output terminals 511 and 512 and then output to the subsequent circuit.

In one typical embodiment, the rectifier circuit 510 shown in FIG. 4C can be implemented with the configuration shown in FIG. 5D. FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of a rectifier circuit according to an embodiment. With reference to FIG. 5D, the rectifier circuit 910 includes diodes 911-914 configured as in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A. In this embodiment, the rectifier circuit 910 further includes rectifier diodes 915 and 916. The diode 915 has an anode connected to the rectified output terminal 512 and a cathode connected to the pin 503. The diode 916 has an anode connected to pin 503 and a cathode connected to the rectified output terminal 511. In this embodiment, the pin 504 is set to the float state.

Specifically, the rectifier circuit 910 can be regarded as a rectifier circuit including three sets of bridge arms, each bridge arm providing an input signal receiving terminal. For example, diodes 911 and 913 constitute a first bridge arm for receiving a signal on pin 502, and diodes 912 and 914 constitute a second bridge arm for receiving a signal on pin 501. Diodes 915 and 916 form a third bridge arm for receiving signals at pin 503. According to the rectifier circuit 910 shown in FIG. 5D, full-wave rectification can be performed as long as the live and neutral lines are each received by the two bridge arms. Thus, under the configuration shown in FIG. 5D, the AC feed signal is provided to both pins on a single end cap, to a single pin on each end cap, or to each end. In any power supply configuration, such as provided for both pins on the cap, the rectifier circuit 910 is compatible to correctly generate the rectified signal. The detailed operation of this embodiment will be described below.

If the AC supply signal is provided through both pins on a single end cap, the AC supply signal can be applied to pins 501 and 502. The diodes 911 to 914 perform full-wave rectification on the AC supply signal based on the operation shown in the embodiment of FIG. 5A, and the diodes 915 and 916 do not operate.

If the AC supply signal is provided through a single pin on each end cap, the AC supply signal can be applied to pins 501 and 503, or pins 502 and 503. When an AC supply signal is applied to pins 501 and 503 during a positive half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, when the signal on pin 501 has a higher voltage than the signal on pin 503), the AC supply signal After being input to the pin 501, the diode 914, and the output terminal 511 in order, the output is output through the output terminal 512, the diode 915, and the pin 503 in order. During the negative half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, when the signal on pin 503 has a higher voltage than the signal on pin 501), the AC supply signal is input to pin 503, diode 916, and output terminal 511 in that order. After that, the output terminal 512, the diode 912, and the pin 501 are passed through in this order for output. Therefore, during the entire cycle of the AC supply signal, the positive electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 511 and the negative electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 512. Therefore, the diodes 912, 914, 915 and 916 of the rectifier circuit 910 are configured to perform full-wave rectification on the AC supply signal and thus the rectifier signals generated or output by the diodes 912, 914, 915 and 916. Is a full-wave rectified signal.

On the other hand, when an AC supply signal is applied to pins 502 and 503 during the positive half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, when the signal on pin 502 has a higher voltage than the signal on pin 503), AC supply After the signal is input to the pin 502, the diode 913, and the output terminal 511 in order, the signal is output through the output terminal 512, the diode 915, and the pin 503. During the negative half cycle of the AC supply signal (eg, when the signal on pin 503 has a higher voltage than the signal on pin 502), the AC supply signal is input to pin 503, diode 916, and output terminal 511 in that order. After that, the output terminal 512, the diode 911, and the pin 502 are passed through in this order for output. Therefore, during the entire cycle of the AC supply signal, the positive electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 511 and the negative electrode of the rectified signal remains at the output terminal 512. Therefore, the diodes 911, 913, 915 and 916 of the rectifier circuit 910 are configured to perform full-wave rectification on the AC supply signal and thus the rectifier signals generated or output by the diodes 911, 913, 915 and 916. Is a full-wave rectified signal.

If the AC feed signal is provided through two pins on each end cap, the operation of diodes 911-914 can be referred to in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A and is not repeated herein. Further, when the signal polarity of the pin 503 is the same as that of the pin 501, the operation of the diodes 915 and 916 is similar to the operation of the diodes 912 and 914 (that is, the first bridge arm). On the other hand, if the signal polarity of pin 503 is the same as the signal polarity of pin 502, the operation of diodes 915 and 916 is similar to that of diodes 912 and 914 (ie, the second bridge arm).

According to the above embodiments, the rectifier circuit shown in FIGS. 5C and 5D is through both pins on a single end cap, a single pin on each end cap, and both pins on each end cap. It is compatible for receiving AC supply signals, resulting in improved compatibility in the application of LED straight tube lamps. In this fashion, the LED straight tube lamp is connected so that the LED straight tube lamp receives an AC supply signal through both of the two pins on a single end cap in all of the following situations (ie). For example, when connected to a socket), when the LED straight tube lamp is connected to receive an AC supply signal through both of the two pins on each end cap (eg, connected to a socket). , And to rectify the AC supply signal when the LED straight tube lamp is connected to receive the AC supply signal through a single pin on each end cap (eg, connected to a socket). Can include a rectifier circuit arranged in. In addition, based on the aspects of the actual circuit layout scenario, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5D, only three power pads are required to connect the corresponding pins, resulting in a three-pad configuration manufacturing process. Since it is easier than the four power pad configuration, the process yield can be significantly improved.

FIG. 6A is a block diagram of a filter circuit according to an embodiment. Although the rectifier circuit 510 is shown in FIG. 6A, this figure is for illustration of the connection between the rectifier circuit 510 and other components, and the filter circuit 520 is not intended to include the rectifier circuit 510. Referring to FIG. 6A, the filter circuit 520 receives the rectified signal from the rectified circuit 510 and is connected to two rectified output terminals 511 and 512 in order to filter and exclude the ripple of the signal. 523 is provided. Therefore, the waveform of the filtered signal is smoother than the waveform of the rectified signal. The filter circuit 520 further comprises between the rectifier circuit and the corresponding pin, eg, between the rectifier circuit 510 and pin 501, the rectifier circuit 510 and pin 502, the rectifier circuit 540 and pin 503, and / or between the rectifier circuit 540 and pin 504. Another filter unit 524 connected to may be provided. The filter unit 524 is used for filtering a specific frequency, for example, removing a specific frequency of an external drive signal. In this embodiment, the filter unit 524 is connected between the rectifier circuit 510 and the pin 501. The filter circuit 520 further rectifies between either pins 501 and 502 and either of the diodes of rectifier circuit 510, or with either of pins 503 and 504, in order to reduce or eliminate electromagnetic interference (EMI). Another filter unit 525 may be provided connected to any of the diodes in circuit 540. In this embodiment, the filter unit 525 is connected between pin 501 and one of the diodes in the rectifier circuit 510 (not shown in FIG. 6A). The filter units 524 and 525 may exist or may be omitted depending on the actual usage conditions, and are therefore drawn by dotted lines in FIG. 6A.

FIG. 6B is a schematic view of the filter unit according to the embodiment. Referring to FIG. 6B, the filter unit 623 includes a capacitor 625 having one end connected to the output terminal 511 and the filter output terminal 521 and the other end connected to the output terminal 512 and the filter output terminal 522. It is configured to filter the rectified signals from 511 and 512 through low frequencies, thereby filtering and removing the high frequency components of the rectified signals and outputting the filter signals from the filter output terminals 521 and 522.

FIG. 6C is a schematic view of the filter unit according to the embodiment. Referring to FIG. 6C, the filter unit 723 includes a pi-type filter circuit including a capacitor 725, an inductor 726, and a capacitor 727. As is well known, the shape and structure of the pi type filter resemble the symbol "π". The capacitor 725 has one end connected to the output terminal 511 and connected to the filter output terminal 521 via the inductor 726, and has the other end connected to the output terminal 512 and the filter output terminal 522. The inductor 726 is connected between the output terminal 511 and the filter output terminal 521. The capacitor 727 has one end connected to the filter output terminal 521 and connected to the output terminal 511 via the inductor 726, and has the other end connected to the output terminal 512 and the filter output terminal 522.

Compared to the filter unit 623 of FIG. 6B, the filter unit 723 further has an inductor 726 and a capacitor 727, as seen between the output terminals 511 and 512 and between the filter output terminals 521 and 522. , These perform the function of low pass filtering as well as the capacitor 725. Therefore, as compared with the filter unit 623 of FIG. 6B, the filter unit 723 of the present embodiment has a high ability to filter and remove high frequency components and output a filter signal having a smoother waveform.

For the inductance value of the inductor 726 of the above embodiment, for example, in some embodiments, a value in the range of about 10 nH to 10 mH is selected. The capacitance values of the capacitors 625, 725, and 727 of the above embodiment are selected, for example, in some embodiments, values in the range of approximately 100 pF to 1 uF.

FIG. 6D is a circuit diagram of a filter circuit according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 6D, the embodiment of FIG. 6D is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 6A, with the main difference being that the filter circuit of FIG. 6D includes a negative voltage clipping unit 528. The negative voltage clipping unit 528 is coupled to the filter unit 523 and may be due to possible resonance of the filter unit 523 in order to prevent damage to the controller or integrated circuit in the subsequent drive circuit due to the negative voltage. It is configured to clip, limit, or prevent certain negative voltages (or other effects). Specifically, the filter unit 523 typically comprises a circuit formed by a resistor, a capacitor, an inductor, or any combination of such elements, and due to the characteristics of capacitance and inductance, the filter unit 523 , Indicates a pure resistance quality at or near a particular frequency at the resonance point. At the resonance point, the signal received by the filter unit 523 is amplified and output, so that the phenomenon of signal fluctuation is observed at the output terminal of the filter unit 523. When the magnitude of the signal fluctuation is excessive so that the level of the negative amplitude of the output of the filter unit 523 becomes lower than the ground level, a negative voltage may be generated at the filter output terminals 521 and 522, and the negative voltage may be generated. The voltage is applied to the subsequent circuit, imposing a risk of damage to the subsequent circuit.

In this embodiment of FIG. 6D, the negative voltage clipping unit 528 conducts the energy release loop when a negative voltage is generated so that the reverse current due to the negative voltage is released through the energy release loop and returns to the transmission line. It can be configured to prevent reverse current from flowing through the subsequent circuitry. FIG. 6E is a circuit diagram of a filter unit 723 and a negative voltage clipping unit according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 6E, in the present embodiment, the negative voltage clipping unit is implemented by a diode 728, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect. If resonance of the filter unit 723 does not occur, the first filter output terminal 521 has a voltage level higher than the voltage level of the second filter output terminal 522, and as a result, the diode 728 is used to prevent current from flowing. It is blocked. On the other hand, when resonance of the filter unit 723 occurs to cause a negative voltage, the second filter output terminal 522 has a higher voltage level than the first filter output terminal 521, and the diode 728 is caused by the forward bias voltage across the diode. The state is then made conductive, and then the reverse current due to the negative voltage is discharged and returned to the first filter output terminal 521.

Referring again to FIG. 4A, the power supply module for the LED lamp may include a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, and some parts of the LED lighting module 530. The LED lighting module 530 in this embodiment includes a drive circuit 1530 and an LED module 50. The drive circuit 1530 includes a DC-DC converter circuit, and after receiving a filter signal connected to the filter output terminals 521 and 522, power conversion for converting the filter signal into a lamp drive signal at the drive output terminals 531 and 532 is performed. Do. The LED lighting module 50 is connected to the drive output terminals 531 and 532 and receives a lamp drive signal for emitting light. In some embodiments, the current of the LED module 50 is stabilized at the target current value.

Referring to FIG. 7A, the positive terminal of the LED module 50 is changed from the state of being connected to the first filter output terminal 521 to the state of being connected to the first drive output terminal 531 and the negative terminal of the LED module 50 is the first. 2 The state of being connected to the filter output terminal 522 is changed to the state of being connected to the second drive output terminal 532.

In some embodiments, the first drive output terminal 1521 connected to the positive terminal of the LED module 50 (ie, the positive electrode of the LED unit 632 or the anode of the first LED 631 in the row) is the DC power of the drive circuit 1530. The second drive output terminal 532, which is an output terminal and is connected to the negative terminal of the LED module 50 (that is, the negative electrode of the LED unit 632 or the cathode of the last LED 631 in the row), is the ground terminal of the drive circuit 1530 / It is a reference terminal. Therefore, in one embodiment, the LED module 50 is connected between the DC power output terminal of the drive circuit 1530 and the ground / reference terminal.

In some embodiments, one of the first drive output terminal 531 and the second drive output terminal 532 is a DC power output terminal of the drive circuit 1530, and the other of the first drive output terminal 531 and the second drive output terminal 532 is. It is a DC power input terminal of the drive circuit 1530. In this mode, the LED module 50 is connected between the DC power input terminal and the DC power output terminal of the drive circuit 1530.

It should be noted that the above-mentioned LED module 50 connection embodiment is not limited to being used in straight tube lamps. The connection embodiment may be applied to any type of LED lamp that is directly powered by electrical trunk / commercial power (ie, AC power that does not pass through the ballast), such as LED bulbs, LED filament lamps, built-in LED lamps. it can. The present invention is not limited to the specific example.

FIG. 7A is a block diagram of a drive circuit according to an embodiment. Referring to FIG. 7A, the drive circuit includes a controller 1531 and a current source-based power conversion conversion circuit 1532 for driving the LED module to emit light. The conversion circuit 1532 includes a switch circuit 1535 (also known as a power switch) and an energy storage circuit 1538. Further, the conversion circuit 1532 is connected to the filter output terminals 521 and 522 to receive the filter signal, and lamps the filter signal at the drive output terminals 531 and 532 in order to drive the LED module under the control of the controller 1531. Convert to drive signal. Under the control of the controller 1531, the lamp drive signal output from the conversion circuit 1532 provides stable power, so that the LED module can emit stable light.

The operation of the drive circuit 1530 will be further described based on the signal waveforms shown in FIGS. 7B-7E. 7B-7E are signal waveform diagrams of exemplary drive circuits according to some typical embodiments, with FIGS. 7B and 7C showing when the drive circuit 1530 operates in continuous conduction mode (CCM). 7D and 8F show the signal waveform and control conditions when the drive circuit 1530 operates in the discontinuous conduction mode (DCM). In the signal waveform diagram, the horizontal axis represents time (represented by the symbol "t") and the vertical axis represents voltage or current value (depending on the type of signal).

The controller 1531 can be, for example, a constant current controller capable of generating a lighting control signal Slc and adjusting the duty ratio of the lighting control signal Slc based on the current detection signal Sdet, and as a result, the switch circuit 1535 It is turned on or off in response to the lighting control signal Slc. The energy storage circuit 1538 is repeatedly charged and discharged according to the on / off state of the switch circuit 1535, and as a result, the drive current ILED received by the LED module 50 can be stably maintained at a predetermined current value Ipred. In some embodiments, the lighting control signal Slc may have a fixed signal period Tlc and signal amplitude, also known as the pulse-on period (also known as pulse width) of each signal period Tlc such as Ton1, Ton2, and Ton3. ) Can be adjusted according to the control requirements. In the present embodiment, the duty ratio of the lighting control signal Slc represents the ratio between the pulse-on period and the signal period Tlc. For example, when the pulse-on period Ton1 is 40% of the signal cycle Tlc, the duty ratio of the lighting control signal Slc under the first signal cycle Tlc is 0.4.

In addition, the signal level of the current detection signal can represent the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module 50 or the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch circuit 1535, and the present invention is not limited to this aspect.

Referring to FIGS. 7A and 7B, FIG. 7B shows the signal waveform change of the drive circuit 1530 during a plurality of signal cycles Tlc when the drive current ILED is smaller than the predetermined current value Ipred. Specifically, in the first signal cycle Tlc, the switch circuit 1535 is turned on during the pulse-on period Ton1 according to the high level voltage of the lighting control signal Slc. On the other hand, the conversion circuit 1532 provides the LED module 50 with a drive current ILED according to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522, and further, the energy is provided through the switch circuit 1535 turned on. The storage circuit 1538 is charged, and as a result, the current IL flowing through the energy storage circuit 1538 is gradually increased. In this way, during the pulse-on period Ton1, the energy storage circuit 1538 is charged in response to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522.

After the pulse-on period Ton1, the switch circuit 1535 is turned off in response to the low level voltage of the lighting control signal Slc. During the cutoff period of the switch circuit 1535, the input power output from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 is not provided to the LED module 50, and the drive current ILED is dominated by the energy storage circuit 1538 (ie,). , The drive current ILED is generated by discharge by the energy storage circuit 1538). Since the energy storage circuit 1538 is discharged during the cutoff period, the current IL gradually decreases. Therefore, even if the lighting control signal Slc is at a low level (that is, the invalid period of the lighting control signal Slc), the drive circuit 1530 continuously supplies power to the LED module 50 by discharging the energy storage circuit 1538. .. In this embodiment, regardless of whether the switch circuit 1535 is on or off, the drive circuit 1530 continuously provides the LED module 50 with a stable drive current ILED, and the current value of the drive current ILED is in the first signal cycle TLc. , I1.

Under the first signal cycle Tlc, the controller 1531 determines that the current value I1 of the drive current ILED is smaller than the predetermined current value Ipred, and as a result, when entering the second signal cycle TLc, the lighting control signal Slc The pulse-on period is adjusted to Ton2. The length of the pulse-on period Ton2 is equal to the length of the pulse-on period Ton1 plus the unit period t1.

The operation of the switch circuit 1535 and the energy storage circuit 1538 under the second signal period Tlc is similar to the operation under the first signal period Tlc. The difference in operation between the first signal cycle Tlc and the second signal cycle Tlc is that the energy storage circuit 1538 has a relatively long charge time and a short discharge time because the pulse-on period Ton2 is longer than the pulse-on period Ton1. Is. Therefore, the average current value of the drive current ILED in the second signal cycle Tlc increases to the current value I2, which is closer to the predetermined current value Ipred.

Similarly, since the current value I2 of the drive current ILED is still smaller than the predetermined current value Ipred, the control unit 1531 further adjusts the pulse-on period of the lighting control signal Slc to Ton3 under the third signal cycle Tlc. The length of the pulse-on period Ton3 is equal to the length of the pulse-on period Ton2 plus the unit period t1. Under the third signal cycle Ton3, the operation of the switch circuit 1535 and the energy storage circuit 1538 is similar to the operation under the first signal cycle and the second signal cycle Tlc. Since the pulse-on period Ton3 is further increased as compared with the pulse-on periods Ton1 and Ton2, the current value of the drive current ILED increases to I3 and substantially reaches a predetermined current value Ipred. Since the current value I3 of the drive current ILED has reached the predetermined current value Ipred, the controller 1531 maintains the same duty ratio even after the third signal period TLc, and as a result, causes the drive current ILED to have the predetermined current value Ipred. Can be substantially maintained.

Although the present specification takes up a single-stage DC-DC converter circuit as an example of the drive circuit 1530, the present invention disclosed in the present specification is not limited to the use of the disclosed single-stage DC-DC converter circuit. .. For example, the drive circuit 1530 may instead include a two-stage drive circuit including a power factor correction circuit and a DC-DC converter. Therefore, any suitable power conversion circuit structure that can be used to drive an LED light source can be applied to the present invention.

In addition, the embodiments of the power conversion operation described above show the features of the invention of the present disclosure, the operation of which is not limited to use in straight tube lamps. Embodiments of the power conversion operation include any type of LED lamp that is directly powered by electrical trunk / commercial power (ie, AC power that does not pass through a ballast), such as LED bulbs, LED filament lamps, and built-in LED lamps. Can be applied to. The embodiments taught herein are not limited to those embodiments, and are not limited to the embodiments described in the above examples, and include any possible substitutions and configurations between various embodiments. ..

FIG. 7F is a schematic diagram of a drive circuit according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 7F, the drive circuit 1630 in this embodiment includes a step-down DC-DC converter circuit having a controller 1631 and a conversion circuit. The conversion circuit includes an inductor 1632, a diode 1633 for "freewheeling" of current, a capacitor 1634, and a switch 1635. The drive circuit 1630 is connected to the filter output terminals 521 and 522 to receive the filter signal, and converts the filter signal into a lamp drive signal for driving the LED module connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532. To do.

In the present embodiment, the switch 1635 includes a metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (MOSFET), and has a first terminal connected to the anode of the freewheeling diode 1633 and a second terminal connected to the filter output terminal 522. The switch 1635 has a control terminal connected to a controller 1631 used for controlling current conduction or current interruption between the first terminal and the second terminal. The drive output terminal 531 is connected to the filter output terminal 521, the drive output terminal 1522 is connected to one end of the inductor 1632, and the other end of the inductor 1632 is connected to the first terminal of the switch 1635. The capacitor 1634 is connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532 to stabilize the voltage between the drive output terminals 531 and 532. The freewheeling diode 1633 has a cathode connected to the drive output terminal 531.

Next, an exemplary operation of the drive circuit 1630 will be described.

The controller 1631 is configured to determine when to turn the switch 1635 on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S535 and / or the current detection signal S531. For example, in some embodiments, the controller 1631 is configured to control the duty ratio between the on and off of the switch 1635 in order to adjust the magnitude or magnitude of the lamp drive signal. The current detection signal S535 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1635. The current detection signal S531 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532. The controller 1631 may control the duty ratio between on and off of the switch 1635, for example, based on the magnitude of the current detected based on the current detection signal S531 or S535. Thus, if the magnitude of the current is greater than the threshold, the switch may be turned off for a longer period of time (interrupted state), and if the magnitude of the current is less than the threshold value, the switch may be turned on for a longer period of time (conducted state). You may. According to either the current detection signal S535 or the current detection signal S531, the controller 1631 can obtain information about the magnitude of the power converted by the conversion circuit. When the switch 1635 is switched on, the current of the filter signal is input through the filter output terminal 521, flows through the capacitor 1634, the drive output terminal 531 and the LED module, the inductor 1632, and the switch 1635, and then is output from the filter output terminal 522. .. While the current is flowing in this way, the capacitor 1634 and the inductor 1632 store energy. On the other hand, when the switch 1635 is switched off, a current flows from the freewheeling diode 1633 to the drive output terminal 531 to keep the LED module emitting light, so that the capacitor 1634 and the inductor 1632 release the stored energy.

In some embodiments, the capacitor 1634 is an optional element and may be omitted and is therefore drawn with a dotted line in FIG. 7F. In some application environments, the inherent property of the inductor to resist momentary changes in the current through the inductor can be used to stabilize the current through the LED module and achieve the effect of omitting the capacitor 1634. Good.

As described above, the drive circuit 1630 is configured to determine the timing at which the switch 1635 is turned on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S535 and / or the current detection signal S531. , The drive circuit 1630 can maintain a stable current of the LED module. Therefore, for some LED modules such as white, red, blue and green, the color temperature does not change with current. For example, LEDs can maintain the same color temperature under different lighting conditions. In some embodiments, the inductor 1632, which acts as an energy storage circuit, emits the stored power when the switch 1635 is shut off so that the LED module can continue to emit light while maintaining the same color temperature. , The voltage / current flowing through the LED module is maintained above a predetermined voltage / current level. In this way, when the switch 1635 is conducted again, it is not necessary to adjust the voltage / current flowing through the LED module from the minimum value to the maximum value. Therefore, the problem of flicker of the LED module can be avoided, the overall lighting can be improved, the minimum conduction period can be further shortened, and the drive frequency can be further increased.

FIG. 7G is a schematic diagram of a drive circuit according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 7G, the drive circuit 1730 in this embodiment includes a step-up DC-DC converter circuit having a controller 1731 and a converter circuit. The converter circuit includes an inductor 1732, a diode 1733 for "freewheeling" current, a capacitor 1734, and a switch 1735. The drive circuit 1730 is configured to receive a filter signal from the filter output terminals 521 and 522 and convert it into a lamp drive signal for driving the LED module connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532. ..

The inductor 1732 has one end connected to the filter output terminal 521 and the other end connected to the anode of the freewheeling diode 1733 and the first terminal of the switch 1735, and the switch 1735 has the filter output terminal 522. And a second terminal connected to the drive output terminal 1522. The freewheeling diode 1733 has a cathode connected to the drive output terminal 1521. Further, the capacitor 1734 is connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532.

The controller 1731 is connected to the control terminal of the switch 1735, and is configured to determine the timing at which the switch 1735 is turned on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S535 and / or the current detection signal S531. ing. When the switch 1735 is switched on, the current of the filter signal is input through the filter output terminal 521, flows through the inductor 1732 and the switch 1735, and then is output from the filter output terminal 522. While the current is flowing in this way, the current flowing through the inductor 1732 increases with time, the inductor 1732 enters the energy storage state, while the capacitor 1734 enters the energy release state, and the LED module can continue to emit light. On the other hand, when the switch 1735 is turned off, the inductor 1732 enters an energy release state as the current flowing through the inductor 1732 decreases with time. In this state, the current flowing through the inductor 1732 then flows through the freewheeling diode 1733, the capacitor 1734, and the LED module, and the capacitor 1734 enters the energy storage state.

In some embodiments, the capacitor 1734 is an optional element and may be omitted and is therefore depicted as a dotted line in FIG. 7G. When the capacitor 1734 is omitted and the switch 1735 is on, the current in the inductor 1732 does not flow through the LED module and does not cause the LED module to emit light. However, when the switch 1735 is switched off, the current in the inductor 1732 flows through the freewheeling diode 1733 and reaches the LED module, causing the LED module to emit light. Therefore, by controlling the timing at which the LED module emits light and the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module, the average brightness of the LED module can be stabilized at a state higher than the specified value, so that the effect of emitting stable light is achieved. You can also do it.

According to some embodiments of the present disclosure, a detection resistor (not shown) may be placed between the switch 1735 and the second filter output terminal 522 in order to detect the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1735. it can. When the switch 1735 is conducting, the current flowing through the detection resistor causes a voltage difference between the two terminals of the detection resistor. Therefore, using or transmitting the current detection signal S535 to control the controller 1731 is the voltage of the detection resistor. That is, it can be performed based on the voltage difference between the two terminals of the detection resistor. However, at the moment when the power of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on or when it is struck by a lightning strike, for example, a relatively large current (10 A or more) is generated on the circuit loop of the switch 1735, and the detection resistor and the controller 1731 are generated. May be damaged. Therefore, in some embodiments, the drive circuit 1730 may further comprise a clamp component connected to a detection resistor. The clamp component performs a clamping operation on the circuit loop of the sense resistor to limit the current through the sense resistor when the current through the sense resistor or the voltage difference across the sense resistor exceeds a threshold. In some embodiments, the clamp component may include, for example, a plurality of diodes connected in series, the diode train being connected in parallel with the detection resistor. In such a configuration, when a large current is generated on the circuit loop of switch 1735, a diode train in parallel with the sense resistor quickly conducts the current so as to limit the voltage across the sense resistor to a particular voltage level. For example, if the diode train contains five diodes, the diode forward bias voltage is about 0.7V, so the diode train can clamp the voltage across the detection resistor to about 3.5V.

As described above, the controller 1731 included in the drive circuit 1730 is connected to the control terminal of the switch 1735, and the switch 1735 is turned on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S535 and / or the current detection signal S531. The drive circuit 1730 can maintain a stable current in the LED module because it is configured to determine the timing. Therefore, for some LED modules such as white, red, blue and green, the color temperature cannot change with current. For example, LEDs can maintain the same color temperature under various lighting conditions. In some embodiments, the inductor 1732, which acts as an energy storage circuit, emits the stored power when the switch 1735 is shut off so that the LED module can continue to emit light while maintaining the same color temperature. The voltage / current flowing through the module is maintained above a given voltage / current level. In this way, when the switch 1735 is conducted again, it is not necessary to adjust the voltage / current flowing through the LED module from the minimum value to the maximum value. Therefore, the problem of flicker of the LED module can be avoided, the overall lighting can be improved, the minimum conduction period can be further shortened, and the drive frequency can be further increased.

FIG. 7H is a schematic diagram of a drive circuit according to a typical embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 7H, the drive circuit 1830 in this embodiment includes a step-down DC-DC converter circuit having a controller 1831 and a conversion circuit. The conversion circuit includes an inductor 1832, a diode 1833 for "freewheeling" current, a capacitor 1834, and a switch 1835. The drive circuit 1830 receives the filter signal connected to the filter output terminals 521 and 522, and converts it into a lamp drive signal for driving the LED module connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532.

The switch 1835 has a first terminal connected to the filter output terminal 521, a second terminal connected to the cathode of the freewheeling diode 1833, and a control terminal connected to the controller 1831. A control signal is received from the controller 1831 for controlling the current conduction or current interruption between the 1st terminal and the 2nd terminal. The anode of the freewheeling diode 1833 is connected to the filter output terminal 522 and the drive output terminal 1522. The inductor 1832 has one end connected to the second terminal of the switch 1835 and the other end connected to the drive output terminal 531. The capacitor 1834 is connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532 to stabilize the voltage between the drive output terminals 531 and 532.

The controller 1831 is configured to control the timing of turning the switch 1835 on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S535 and / or the current detection signal S531. When the switch 1835 is switched on, the current of the filter signal is input through the filter output terminal 521, flows through the switch 1835, the inductor 1832, the drive output terminals 531 and 532, and then is output from the filter output terminal 522. While the current is flowing in this way, both the current flowing through the inductor 1832 and the voltage of the capacitor 1834 rise with time, so that the inductor 1832 and the capacitor 1834 are in an energy storage state. On the other hand, when the switch 1835 is switched off, the inductor 1832 is in the energy release state, so that the current flowing through the inductor 1832 decreases with time. In this case, the current flowing through the inductor 1832 circulates through the drive output terminals 531 and 532 and the freewheeling diode 1833 and returns to the inductor 1832.

In some embodiments, the capacitor 1834 is an optional element and may be omitted and is therefore depicted as a dotted line in FIG. 7H. When the capacitor 1834 is omitted, whether the switch 1835 is on or off, the current through the inductor 1832 flows through the drive output terminals 531 and 532 to drive the LED module to continue light emission.

As described above, the controller 1831 included in the drive circuit 1830 controls the timing of turning the switch 1835 on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S535 and / or the current detection signal S531. Due to its configuration, the drive circuit 1830 can maintain a stable current in the LED module. Therefore, for some LED modules such as white, red, blue and green, the color temperature cannot change with current. For example, LEDs can maintain the same color temperature under different lighting conditions. In some embodiments, the inductor 1832, which acts as an energy storage circuit, releases the stored power when the switch 1835 is shut off so that the LED module can continue to emit light while maintaining the same color temperature. , The voltage / current flowing through the LED module is maintained above a predetermined voltage / current level. In this way, when the switch 1835 is conducted again, it is not necessary to adjust the voltage / current flowing through the LED module from the minimum value to the maximum value. Therefore, the problem of flicker of the LED module can be avoided, the overall lighting can be improved, the minimum conduction period can be further shortened, and the drive frequency can be further increased.

FIG. 7I is a schematic diagram of a drive circuit according to a typical embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 7I, the drive circuit 1930 in this embodiment includes a step-down DC-DC converter circuit having a controller 1931 and a conversion circuit. The conversion circuit includes an inductor 1932, a diode 1933 for "freewheeling" current, a capacitor 1934, and a switch 1935. The drive circuit 1930 receives the filter signal connected to the filter output terminals 521 and 522, and converts it into a lamp drive signal for driving the LED module connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532.

The inductor 1932 has one end connected to the filter output terminal 521 and the drive output terminal 1522, and the other end connected to the first end of the switch 1935. The switch 1935 has a second end connected to the filter output terminal 522 and a control terminal connected to the controller 1931, and receives a control signal from the controller 1931 for controlling current conduction or current interruption of the switch 1935. Receive. The freewheel diode 1933 has an anode connected to a node connecting the inductor 1932 and the switch 1935, and a cathode connected to the drive output terminal 531. The capacitor 1934 is connected to the drive output terminals 531 and 532 to stabilize the drive of the LED module connected between the drive output terminals 531 and 532.

The controller 1931 is configured to control the timing of turning the switch 1935 on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S531 and / or the current detection signal S535. When the switch 1935 is switched on, a current is input through the filter output terminal 521, flows through the inductor 1932 and the switch 1935, and then is output from the filter output terminal 522. While the current is flowing in this way, the current flowing through the inductor 1932 increases with time, so that the inductor 1932 is in an energy storage state. However, since the voltage of the capacitor 1934 decreases with time, the capacitor 1934 is put into an energy release state and the LED module continues to emit light. On the other hand, when the switch 1935 is switched off, the inductor 1932 is put into an energy release state, and its current decreases with time. In this case, the current flowing through the inductor 1932 circulates through the freewheeling diode 1933 and the drive output terminals 531 and 532 and returns to the inductor 1932. During this circulation, the capacitor 1934 is in an energy storage state and its voltage rises over time.

In some embodiments, the capacitor 1934 is an optional element and may be omitted and is therefore depicted as a dotted line in FIG. 8F. When the capacitor 1934 is omitted and the switch 1935 is switched on, the current flowing through the inductor 1932 does not flow through the drive output terminals 531 and 532, so that the LED module does not emit light. On the other hand, when the switch 1935 is switched off, the current flowing through the inductor 1932 flows through the LED module after the freewheeling diode 1933, causing the LED module to emit light. Therefore, by controlling the timing at which the LED module emits light and the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module, the average brightness of the LED module can be stabilized at a state higher than the specified value, so that the effect of emitting stable light is achieved. You can also do it.

As described above, the controller 1931 included in the drive circuit 1930 controls the timing of turning the switch 1935 on (conducting state) or off (disconnecting state) according to the current detection signal S535 and / or the current detection signal S531. Due to its configuration, the drive circuit 1930 can maintain a stable current in the LED module. Therefore, for some LED modules such as white, red, blue and green, the color temperature cannot change with current. For example, LEDs can maintain the same color temperature under different lighting conditions. In some embodiments, the inductor 1932, which acts as an energy storage circuit, releases the stored power when the switch 1935 is shut off so that the LED module can continue to emit light while maintaining the same color temperature. , The voltage / current flowing through the LED module is maintained above a predetermined voltage / current level. In this way, when the switch 1935 is conducted again, it is not necessary to adjust the voltage / current flowing through the LED module from the minimum value to the maximum value. Therefore, the problem of flicker of the LED module can be avoided, the overall lighting can be improved, the minimum conduction period can be further shortened, and the drive frequency can be further increased.

FIG. 8A is a block diagram of a power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to a typical embodiment. Referring to FIG. 8A, according to one embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp of FIG. 8A includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, an LED lighting module 530, and an auxiliary power supply module 2710. The LED lighting module 530 of the present embodiment may include only the LED module or both the drive circuit and the LED module, and the present invention is not limited to any method. According to some embodiments, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 of FIG. 8A is connected between pins 501 and 502 to receive an external drive signal and perform a charge / discharge operation based on the external drive signal. Will be done.

In some embodiments, the operation of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 can be compared to an offline uninterruptible power supply (offline UPS). Normally, when an AC power source (eg, electric trunk line, commercial power, or power grid) supplies an external drive signal to an LED straight tube lamp, the external drive signal is supplied to the rectifier circuit 510 while charging the auxiliary power supply module 2710. To. When the AC power supply becomes unstable or abnormal, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 supplies power to the rectifier circuit 510 instead of the AC power supply until the AC power supply recovers the normal power supply. Therefore, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 can be operated in a backup manner by the auxiliary power supply module 2710 that intervenes on behalf of the power supply process when the AC power supply is unstable or abnormal. Here, the power supplied by the auxiliary power supply module 2710 may be AC power or DC power.

In some embodiments, if the AC power supply is unstable or abnormal, the current path between the AC power supply and the rectifier circuit 510 is cut off. For example, an unstable AC power source can result from at least one of voltage, current, and frequency fluctuations in an external drive signal that exceeds a threshold. Anomalous AC power can be caused by at least one of the voltage, current, and frequency of the external drive signal being lower or higher than the normal operating range.

According to some embodiments, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 comprises an energy storage unit and a voltage sensing circuit. The voltage detection circuit detects an external drive signal and determines whether or not the energy storage unit supplies auxiliary power to the input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510 according to the detection result. If the external drive signal ceases to be provided or the AC signal level of the external drive signal is insufficient, the energy storage unit of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 provides auxiliary power, and as a result, the LED lighting module 530 becomes the auxiliary power supply module 2710. Continues to emit light based on the auxiliary power provided by. In some embodiments, the energy storage unit for providing auxiliary power can be implemented by an energy storage assembly such as a battery or supercapacitor. However, the energy storage assembly of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is not limited to the typical embodiment described above, and other energy storage assemblies can be considered.

FIG. 8B shows an exemplary configuration of an auxiliary power supply module 2710 operating in offline UPS mode according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 8B, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 includes a charging unit 2712 and an auxiliary power supply unit 2714. The charging unit 2712 has an input terminal connected to the external AC power supply EP and an output terminal connected to the input terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714. According to some embodiments, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 further comprises a switch unit 2730 having terminals connected to an external AC power supply EP, an output terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714, and an input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510, respectively. During operation, the switch unit 2730 selectively conducts a circuit loop passing through the external AC power supply EP and the rectifier circuit 510, or the auxiliary power supply module 2710 and the auxiliary power supply module 2710, depending on the state of power supply by the external AC power supply EP. It is configured to conduct a circuit loop that passes through the rectifier circuit 510. According to one embodiment, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 is connected to an input terminal connected to an output terminal of the charging unit 2712 and a power loop between the external AC power supply EP and the rectifier circuit 510 via the switch unit 2730. It has an output terminal. Specifically, when the external AC power supply EP operates normally, the power supplied by the external AC power supply EP is provided to the input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510 as an external drive signal Sed via the switch unit 2730, that is, , The switch unit 2730 is switched to a state in which the external AC power supply EP is connected to the rectifier circuit 510. On the other hand, the charging unit 2712 charges the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 based on the power supplied from the external AC power supply EP, but since the external drive signal Sed is correctly transmitted on the power loop, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 is a rectifier circuit. No power is output to 510. When the external AC power supply EP is unstable or abnormal, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 starts supplying auxiliary power acting as an external drive signal Sed to the rectifier circuit 510 via the switch unit 2730, that is, the switch unit. The 2730 is switched to a state in which the output terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 is connected to the rectifier circuit 510.

FIG. 8C is a block diagram of a power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to a typical embodiment. Referring to FIG. 8C, the LED straight tube lamp of the present embodiment includes the rectifier circuit 510 of FIG. 8C, the filter circuit 520, the LED lighting module 530, and the auxiliary power supply module 2710'. Compared to the embodiment shown in FIG. 8A, the input terminals Pi1 and Pi2 of the auxiliary power supply module 2710'receive an external drive signal, execute a charge / discharge operation based on the external drive signal, and then output terminal Po1. And the auxiliary power generated from Po2 is configured to be supplied to the rectifier circuit 510. From the viewpoint of the structure of the LED straight tube lamp, the input terminals Pi1 and Pi2 or the output terminals Po1 and Po2 of the auxiliary power supply module 2710'are connected to the pins of the LED straight tube lamp. When the pins 501 and 502 of the LED straight tube lamp are connected to the input terminals Pi1 and Pi2 of the auxiliary power supply module 2710', the condition is that the auxiliary power supply module 2710'is arranged inside the LED straight tube lamp and the pin 501 And 502 means receiving an external drive signal. On the other hand, when the pins 501 and 502 of the LED straight tube lamp are connected to the output terminals Po1 and Po2 of the auxiliary power supply module 2710', the condition is that the auxiliary power supply module 2710'is arranged outside the LED straight tube lamp. It means that the auxiliary power is output to the rectifier circuit through pins 501 and 502. The detailed structure of the auxiliary power supply module will be further described in the following embodiments.

In some embodiments, the operation of the auxiliary power supply module 2710'can be similar to an online uninterruptible power supply (online UPS). Under online UPS operation, the external AC power supply does not power the rectifier circuit 510 directly, but through the auxiliary power supply module 2710'. Therefore, the external AC power supply can be separated from the LED straight tube lamp, and the auxiliary power supply module 2710'intervenes in the entire power supply process, so that the power supplied to the rectifier circuit 510 is unstable or abnormal AC power supply. Not affected by.

FIG. 8D shows an exemplary configuration of an auxiliary power supply module 2710' operating in online UPS mode according to some embodiments of the present invention. With reference to FIG. 8D, the auxiliary power supply module 2710' includes a charging unit 2712' and an auxiliary power supply unit 2714'. The charging unit 2712'has an input terminal connected to the external AC power supply EP and an output terminal connected to the first input terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714'. The auxiliary power supply unit 2714' further has a second input terminal connected to the external AC power supply EP and an output terminal connected to the rectifier circuit 510. Specifically, when the external AC power supply EP is operating normally, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714'performs power conversion based on the power supplied by the external AC power supply EP, and therefore sends the external drive signal Sed. It is supplied to the rectifier circuit 510. On the other hand, the charging unit 2712'charges the energy storage unit of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714'. If the external AC power supply EP is unstable or abnormal, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714'performs power conversion based on the power stored in the energy storage unit and thus supplies the external drive signal Sed to the rectifier circuit 510. To do. It should be noted that the power conversion described herein can be rectification, filtering, step-up conversion, step-down conversion, or a reasonable combination of the above operations. The present invention is not limited to the above aspects.

In some embodiments, the operation of the auxiliary power supply module 2710'may be similar to a line interactive UPS. The basic operation of the auxiliary power supply module 2710'under the line interactive UPS mode is similar to that of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 under the offline UPS mode, and the difference between the line interactive UPS mode and the offline UPS mode is that the auxiliary power supply 2710' boosts the voltage. It also has a step-down compensation circuit, and can monitor the power supply status of the external AC power supply at any time. Therefore, the auxiliary power supply module 2710'reduces the frequency of using the battery as a power source when the external AC power source is not ideal (for example, when the external drive signal is unstable but the fluctuation does not exceed the threshold value). , The power output of the LED straight tube lamp to the power supply module can be modified.

FIG. 8E shows an exemplary configuration of an auxiliary power supply module 2710'that operates in line interactive mode according to some embodiments of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 8E, the auxiliary power supply module 2710' includes a charging unit 2712', an auxiliary power supply unit 2714', and a switch unit 2716'. The charging unit 2712'has an input terminal connected to an external AC power supply EP. The switch unit 2716'is connected between the output terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' and the input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510, and the switch unit 2716' is connected to the external AC power supply EP according to the power supply state of the external AC power supply EP. Current can be selectively conducted in the path between the rectifier circuit 510 and the auxiliary AC power supply unit 2714'or the path between the auxiliary AC power supply unit 2714'and the rectifier circuit 510. Specifically, when the external AC power supply is normal, the switch unit 2716'conducts current through the path between the external AC power supply EP and the rectifier circuit 510, and between the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' and the rectifier circuit 510. It is switched to block the route of. Therefore, when the external AC power supply is normal, the external AC power supply EP provides the power regarded as the external drive signal Sed to the input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510 via the switch unit 2716'. On the other hand, the charging unit 2712'charges the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' based on the external AC power supply EP. If the external AC power supply is unstable or abnormal, the switch unit 2716'conducts current through the path between the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' and the rectifier circuit 510, and the path between the AC power supply EP and the rectifier circuit 510. Can be switched to block. The auxiliary power supply unit 2714'begins to supply the rectifier circuit 510 with power which is considered to be the external drive signal Sed.

In an embodiment of the auxiliary power supply module, the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power supply unit 2714/2714'can be either alternating current or direct current. When the auxiliary power is provided by alternating current, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714/2714' includes, for example, an energy storage unit and a DC-AC converter. When the auxiliary power is provided in direct current, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714/2714' includes, for example, an energy storage unit and a DC-DC converter, or simply an energy storage unit, and the present invention is limited to this aspect. Instead, other energy storage units are possible. In some embodiments, the energy storage unit can be a set of batteries. In some embodiments, the DC-DC converter can be a boost converter, buck converter or buck converter. The energy storage unit may be, for example, a battery module composed of a plurality of batteries. The DC-DC converter may be of the type of step-down, step-up, or step-down boost converter, for example. Further, the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'adds a voltage detection circuit (not shown in FIGS. 8A to 8E). The voltage detection circuit is such that the LED straight tube lamp operates in normal lighting mode (ie, supplied by an external AC power supply EP) or in emergency lighting mode (ie, by auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'). To determine whether it is supplied), detect the operating state of the external AC power supply EP and generate a signal to control the switch unit 2730/2716'or the auxiliary power supply unit 2714', depending on the detection result. It is composed of. In this embodiment, the switch unit 2730/2716'may be implemented by a three-terminal switch or two complementary switches having a complementary relationship. When using complementary switches, one of the complementary switches is connected in series on the power loop of the external AC power supply EP and the other of the complementary switches is on the power loop of the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'. Can be connected in series, the two complementary switches are controlled so that when one switch is conducting, the other switch is shut off.

In one typical embodiment, the switch units 2730/2716'are mounted by relays. The relay operates in the same way as a two-mode switch. Functionally, when the LED straight tube lamp is operating in normal lighting mode (ie, the electricity provided by the external AC power supply EP is successfully input to the LED straight tube lamp as an external drive signal), the relay As a result, the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp is not electrically connected to the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'. On the other hand, if the AC power line is abnormal and cannot supply power as an external AC power supply EP, the magnetic force in the relay disappears, and as a result, the relay is released to the default position and the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp is released. , Electrically connected to the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'through a relay, thus the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710' is used as a power source.

According to some embodiments, from the point of view of the lighting system as a whole, when used in normal lighting occasions, the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'is not active to provide power and the LED lighting module 530 is alternating current. Powered by a power line, the AC power line can also charge the battery module of the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'. On the other hand, when used in an emergency lighting opportunity, the voltage of the battery module is increased by the step-up DC-DC converter to the level required for the LED lighting module 530 to operate to emit light. In some embodiments, the voltage level after boosting is usually or generally about 4-10 times that of the battery module before boosting, and in some embodiments it is 4-6 times that of the battery module before boosting. In the present embodiment, the voltage level required for the LED lighting module 530 to operate is in the range of 40 to 80V, preferably in the range of 55 to 75V. In one disclosed embodiment herein, 60V is selected as the voltage level, but the voltage level may be another value in other embodiments.

In one embodiment, the battery module comprises or is implemented by a single cylindrical battery or a battery packaged in a metal shell to reduce the risk of electrolyte leakage from the battery.

In one embodiment, the battery can be modularized, for example, as a packaged battery module with two cells connected in series, with the plurality of battery modules electrically (eg, in series or in parallel) in sequence. It can be placed inside the lamp fixture to reduce the complexity of connecting and maintaining. For example, if one or a part of the battery modules is damaged or defective, each damaged battery module can be easily replaced without having to replace all of the plurality of battery modules. In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the battery module has an inner diameter that is greater than the outer diameter of each battery in order for the battery module to sequentially accommodate the batteries of the module and form positive and negative electrodes at the two terminals of the battery module. It may be designed to have a slightly longer cylindrical shape. In some embodiments, the voltage of the battery modules electrically connected in series may be designed to be lower than, for example, 36V. In some embodiments, the battery module is designed to have a rectangular shape with a width slightly longer than the outer diameter of each battery in order for the batteries of the module to engage tightly within the battery module. The battery module may be designed to have a snap-fit structure or other structure for easily inserting and removing the battery. However, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in some other embodiments, the battery module may have a shape other than a rectangular parallelepiped, such as a rectangle.

In one embodiment, the charging unit 2712/2712'is used to manage the battery module, for example, primarily for the intellectual management and maintenance of the battery module to prevent overcharging and overdischarging the battery of the battery module. The battery management system (BMS) used. BMS extends the service life of the battery and monitors the condition of the battery.

The BMS can be designed to have a port to which an external module or circuit can be connected, and can read or access battery-related information / data through the port during periodic inspection of the battery module. it can. If an abnormal condition of the battery module is detected, the abnormal battery module can be replaced.

In other embodiments, the number of batteries that can be held by the battery module may be greater than 2, 3, 4, 10, 20, 30, or another number, and the batteries in the battery module may be actual. Depending on the application situation, it can be designed to be connected in series, or partly connected in series and partly connected in parallel. In some embodiments where a lithium battery is used, the rated voltage of a single lithium battery is about 3.7V. In some embodiments, the number of batteries in the battery module can be reduced to keep the voltage of the battery unit below about 36V.

The relay used in this embodiment is, for example, a magnetic relay comprising primarily an iron core, (one or more) coils, armatures, and contacts or leads. The operating principle of the relay may be as follows, that is, when power is applied to both ends of the coil, a current flows through the coil to generate electromagnetic force, the armature is activated and provided by the spring. Overcome the power and be attracted to the iron core. By the movement of the armature, one of the contacts is connected to the fixed, normally open contact of the contact. During a power outage or when the current is turned off, the electromagnetic force disappears and the armature returns to its relaxed position by the reaction force provided by the spring, connecting the movable contact to the fixed, normally closed contact of the contact. The different operation of switching allows current conduction and interruption through relays to be achieved. As for the normally open contact and the normally closed contact of the relay, the fixed contact that is in the open state when the relay coil is deenergized is called the normally open contact, and is fixed in the closed state when the relay coil is deenergized. The contacts can be defined as being called normally closed contacts.

In one typical embodiment, the brightness of the LED module supplied by the external drive signal is different from the brightness of the LED module supplied by the auxiliary power supply module. Therefore, the user can notice that there is an abnormality in the external power when observing that the brightness of the LED module has changed, and thus the user can eliminate the problem as soon as possible. As described above, the operation of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 can be considered as an index of whether or not the external drive signal is normally provided, and when the external drive signal becomes abnormal, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 uses the normal external drive signal. It provides auxiliary power with a different output power than that of. For example, in some embodiments, the brightness of the LED module is 1600 to 2000 lm when lit by an external drive signal, and the brightness of the LED module when lit by auxiliary power is 200 to 250 lm. From the point of view of the auxiliary power supply Joule 2710, in order to bring the brightness of the LED module to 200 to 250 lm, the output power of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is, for example, 1 watt to 5 watts, but the present invention is limited to this aspect. Not done. In addition, the electric capacity of the energy storage unit of the auxiliary power module 2710 can be, for example, 1.5-7.5 Wh (watt-hour) or more, so that the LED module is less than 200-250 lm based on the auxiliary power. It can be lit for 90 minutes. However, the present invention is not limited to the above aspects.

FIG. 8F shows a schematic structure of an auxiliary power supply module arranged in an LED straight tube lamp according to a typical embodiment. In one embodiment, or as an alternative, the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2710'is located in the lamp tube 1. In another embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 2710/2170'is located within the end cap 3. For the sake of clarity, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 has been selected as representative of the auxiliary power supply modules 2710 and 2710'in the next paragraph, with only 2710 shown in the figure. When the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is placed inside the end cap 3, in some embodiments, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is inside the end cap 3 so as to receive external drive signals provided to pins 501 and 502. Connect to the corresponding pins 501 and 502 via wiring. Compared to the structure in which the auxiliary power supply module is arranged in the lamp tube 1, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is arranged in the end cap 3 connected to each end of the lamp tube 1, so that the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is arranged. It can be placed far away from the LED module. Therefore, the operation and lighting of the LED module is not affected by the heat generated by charging or discharging the auxiliary power supply module 2710. In some embodiments, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 and the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp are located in the same end cap, and in other embodiments, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 and the power supply module are at the respective ends of the lamp tube. Placed on different end caps above. In an embodiment in which the auxiliary power supply module 2710 and the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp are arranged in different end caps, each module may have a larger area due to the circuit layout.

Referring to FIG. 8G, according to one embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is arranged in the lamp socket 1_LH of the LED straight tube lamp. In one embodiment, the lamp socket 1_LH comprises a base 101_LH and a connection socket 102_LH. The base 101_LH has a signal line arranged therein and is adapted for locking / mounting to a fixed object such as a wall or ceiling. The connection socket 102_LH has a slot corresponding to a pin (eg, pins 501 and 502) on the LED straight tube lamp, and the slot is electrically connected to the corresponding power line. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 8G, the connection socket 102_LH and the base 101_LH are formed from an integral part. In another embodiment, the connection socket 102_LH is removably disposed on the base 101_LH. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the arrangement of the particular lamp socket 1_LH is not limited to one of the embodiments, and other arrangements are possible.

In some embodiments, when the LED straight tube lamp is attached to the lamp socket 1_LH, the pins on both end caps 3 are inserted into the corresponding slots of the connection socket 102_LH, respectively, thus transmitting the external drive signal to the LED straight tube. A power line can be connected to the LED straight tube lamp to provide to the corresponding pin of the lamp. Taking the configuration of the left end cap 3 as an example, when the pins 501 and 502 are inserted into the slots of the connection socket 102_LH, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 implements the connection configuration shown in FIG. 8A through the slots. It is electrically connected to the 502.

Since the connection socket can be designed as a removable configuration in one typical embodiment as compared with the embodiment in which the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is arranged in the end cap 3, the connection socket 102_LH and the auxiliary power supply module 2710 are provided. It can be integrated as a module. In this configuration, if the auxiliary power supply module 2710 fails or the energy storage unit in the auxiliary power supply module 2710 has reached the end of its life, the modularized connection socket 102_LH is replaced instead of the entire LED straight tube lamp. By doing so, the new auxiliary power supply module can be replaced and used. Therefore, in addition to reducing the thermal effect of the auxiliary power supply module, the modular design of the auxiliary power supply module has the additional advantage of facilitating the replacement of the auxiliary power supply module. Therefore, it is not necessary to replace the entire LED straight tube lamp when a problem occurs in the auxiliary power supply module, and the durability and cost reduction of the LED straight tube lamp are obvious. In addition, in some embodiments, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is located inside the base 101_LH. In another embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is located outside the base 101_LH. It is understood that the particular arrangement of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 with respect to the base 101_LH is not limited to that described in the present disclosure, and other arrangements are possible.

In summary, the structural configuration of the auxiliary power supply module 2710 can be divided into the following two types. That is, (1) the auxiliary power supply module is integrated into the LED straight tube lamp, and (2) the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is arranged independently from the LED straight tube lamp. In a configuration in which the auxiliary power supply module 2710 is arranged independently of the LED straight tube lamp, when the auxiliary power supply module 2710 operates in the offline UPS mode, the auxiliary power supply module 2710 and the external AC power supply are separated from each other through different pins or at least one. By sharing the pins, power can be provided to the LED straight tube lamp. On the other hand, when the auxiliary power supply module 2710 operates in online UPS mode or line interactive mode, the external AC power supply powers through the auxiliary power supply module 2710 instead of directly to the pins of the LED straight tube lamp. A detailed configuration in which the auxiliary power supply module is arranged independently of the LED straight tube lamp (hereinafter, independent auxiliary power supply module) will be further described below.

It should be noted that the combination of a lamp and a lamp socket can be considered as a luminaire, a lamp fixture, a luminaire or a luminaire. For example, the lamp socket in the present disclosure can be considered as part of a luminaire for fixing, mounting, or adding to a house, apartment building, etc., and for retaining and providing power to a lamp. In addition, the connection socket 102_LH can be described as a tombstone socket for luminaires.

FIG. 8H is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to a typical embodiment. Referring to FIG. 8H, the LED lighting system includes an LED straight tube lamp 500 and an auxiliary power supply module 2810. The LED straight tube lamp 500 includes rectifier circuits 510 and 540, a filter circuit 520, and an LED lighting module 530. In some embodiments, the LED lighting module 530 comprises a drive circuit (selective) and an LED module. The rectifier circuits 510 and 540 can be implemented by the full-wave rectifier 610 shown in FIG. 5A or the half-wave rectifier 710 shown in FIG. 5B, respectively, and the two input terminals of the rectifier circuit 510 are connected to pins 501 and 502. The two input terminals of the rectifier circuit 540 are connected to pins 503 and 504.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 8H, the LED straight tube lamp 500 is configured, for example, as a dual-ended power supply structure. The external AC power supply EP is connected to pins 501 and 502 on the respective end caps of the LED straight tube lamp 500, and the auxiliary power supply module 2810 is connected to pins 503 and 504 on the respective end caps of the LED straight tube lamp 500. Will be done. In this embodiment, the external AC power supply EP and the auxiliary power supply module 2810 power the LED straight tube lamp 500 via different pairs of pins. The present embodiment is shown, for example, in a dual-ended power supply structure, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect. In another embodiment, the external AC power supply EP can provide power through pins 501 and 503 on the end cap on one side of the lamp tube (ie, single-ended power supply structure), and the auxiliary power supply module 2810 Power can be supplied through pins 502 and 504 on the end cap opposite the lamp tube. Thus, regardless of whether the LED straight tube lamp 500 is configured in a single-ended power supply structure or a dual-ended power supply structure, unused pins of the original LED straight tube lamp (eg, shown in FIG. 8H). 503 and 504) are interfaces for accepting auxiliary power, so that an emergency lighting function can be incorporated into the LED straight tube lamp 500.

FIG. 8I is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to another typical embodiment. Referring to FIG. 8I, the LED lighting system includes an LED straight tube lamp 500'and an auxiliary power supply module 2910. The LED straight tube lamp 500'includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, and an LED lighting module 530. According to one embodiment, the LED lighting module 530 includes a drive circuit (selective) and an LED module. The rectifier circuit 510 can be implemented by a rectifier circuit 910 having three bridge arms as shown in FIGS. 5D to 5F, and the rectifier circuit 510 has a first signal input terminal P1 connected to pin 501 and pin 502. It also has a second signal input terminal P2 connected to the auxiliary power supply module 2910 and a third input terminal P3 connected to the auxiliary power supply module 2910.

In the present embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 500'is configured as, for example, a dual-ended power supply structure. The external AC power supply EP is connected to pins 501 and 502 on the respective end caps of the LED straight tube lamp 500. The difference between this embodiment shown in FIG. 8I and the embodiment shown in FIG. 8H is that, in addition to being connected to pin 503, the auxiliary power supply module 2910 further shares pin 502 with the external AC power supply EP. It is a point. In the configuration of FIG. 8I, the external AC power supply EP powers the signal input terminals P1 and P2 of the rectifier circuit 510 through pins 501 and 502, and the auxiliary power supply module 2910 inputs the signal of the rectifier circuit 510 through pins 502 and 503. Power is provided to terminals P2 and P3. Specifically, if the leads connected to pins 501 and 502 are configured as live wires (indicated by "(L)") and neutral wires (indicated by "(N)"), respectively, an auxiliary power source. Module 2910 shares the lead (N) with the external AC power supply EP and has a lead for transmitting power as a live line different from the external AC power supply EP. As described above, the signal input terminal P2 is a common terminal between the external AC power supply EP and the auxiliary power supply module 2910.

During operation, when the external AC power supply operates normally, the rectifier circuit 510 is provided with a bridge arm corresponding to the signal input terminals P1 and P2 so as to supply power to the LED lighting module 530 based on the external AC power supply EP. Perform full-wave rectification. However, when the external AC power supply is unstable or abnormal, the rectifier circuit 510 connects the signal input terminals P2 and P3 so as to power the LED lighting module based on the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power supply module 2910. Full-wave rectification is performed by the corresponding bridge arm.

In addition, since the LED straight tube lamp receives the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power supply module 2910 by sharing the pin 502, the unused pin (for example, pin 504) is a signal input interface for other control functions. Can be used as. The other control function may be a dimming function, a communication function, or a sensing function, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect. An embodiment in which a dimming function is incorporated through an unused pin 504 will be further described below.

FIG. 8J is a block diagram of an LED lighting system according to another typical embodiment. Referring to FIG. 8J, the LED lighting system includes an LED straight tube lamp 500'and an auxiliary power supply module 2910. The LED straight tube lamp 500'includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a drive circuit 1530, and an LED module 50. The configuration of this embodiment is similar to that of the embodiment shown in FIG. 8I. The difference between the embodiment of FIG. 8J and the embodiment of FIG. 8I is that, as shown in FIG. 8J, the pin 504 of the LED straight tube lamp 500'is further connected to the dimming control circuit 550. The dimming control circuit 550 is connected to the drive circuit 1530 through the pin 504, so that the drive circuit 1530 receives the drive current of the drive current supplied to the LED module 50 according to the dimming signal received from the dimming control circuit 550. The size can be adjusted. Therefore, the brightness and / or color temperature of the LED module 50 can be changed according to the dimming signal.

For example, the dimming control circuit 550 can be implemented by a circuit comprising a variable impedance component (eg, a variable resistor, a variable capacitor or a variable inductor) and a signal conversion circuit. The impedance of the variable impedance component can be adjusted by the user so that the dimming control circuit 550 produces a dimming signal with a signal level corresponding to the impedance. After converting the signal formation (eg, signal level, frequency or phase) of the dimming signal to match the signal formation of the drive circuit 1530, the converted dimming signal is transmitted to the drive circuit 1530, resulting in driving. The circuit 1530 adjusts the magnitude of the drive current based on the converted dimming signal. In some embodiments, the brightness of the LED module 50 can be adjusted by adjusting the frequency or reference level of the lamp drive signal. In some embodiments, the color temperature of the LED module 50 can be adjusted by adjusting the brightness of the red LED unit.

It should be noted that by utilizing the structural configuration as shown in FIGS. 8F and 8G, the auxiliary power supply module 2810/2910 is similar to that described in the embodiments of FIGS. 8F and 8G. You can get the benefits and benefits of. In addition, dummy pins (ie, pins not used to receive external drive signals such as pins 503 and 504 shown in FIGS. 8H-8J) are used to receive auxiliary power and dimming signals, although The present invention is not limited to this aspect. In some embodiments, dummy pins are used for other functions, such as receiving remote control signals or outputting detection signals, by correspondingly arranging circuits connected to the dummy pins to perform the function. Can be done. For example, dummy pins in LED straight tube lamps can be configured for signal input / output interfaces to perform certain functions.

In the above auxiliary power supply module application, the circuit of the auxiliary power supply unit (such as 2714 or 2714') is designed to be under open loop control, i.e., for example, the auxiliary power supply unit indicates a load state. Generate the output voltage without referring to the feedback signal. In this case, when the load is in the open circuit state, the output voltage of the auxiliary power supply module continues to increase, and the auxiliary power supply module is damaged. To address this issue, the present disclosure presents several circuit (block) embodiments of an auxiliary power module with open circuit protection, as shown in FIGS. 8K and 14O.

FIG. 8K is a circuit diagram of the auxiliary power supply module according to the embodiment. With reference to FIG. 8K, in this embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 4510 includes a transformer, a sampling module 4518, a control module 5511, and an energy storage unit 4511 for providing a supply voltage Vcc. Also with reference to FIG. 8B, in the auxiliary power supply module 4510, the transformer includes a primary winding L1 and a secondary winding L2. The terminals of the secondary winding L2 are electrically connected to the switch unit 2730 and thus to one end (or (one or more) input terminals of the rectifying circuit 510) of the LED straight tube lamp. The other terminal of the next winding L2 is electrically connected to the other end of the LED straight tube lamp. The sampling module 4518 includes an auxiliary winding L3 wound together with the secondary winding L2 on the secondary side. The voltage of the secondary winding L2 is sampled by the auxiliary winding L3. If the sampled voltage exceeds a set threshold, the sampled voltage is fed back to the control module 5511, which is then a switch electrically connected to the primary winding L1 based on the sampled voltage. Modulates the switching frequency of 4512. The method of modulating the switching frequency of the switch device 4512 then controls the output voltage on the secondary side, resulting in open circuit protection.

Specifically, the transformer includes a primary side unit and a secondary side unit. The primary side unit includes an energy storage unit 4511, a primary winding L1, and a switch 4512. The positive electrode of the energy storage unit 4511 is electrically connected to the dotted terminal of the primary winding L1, and the negative electrode of the energy storage unit 4511 is electrically connected to the ground terminal. The dotless terminal of the primary winding L1 is electrically connected to the drain terminal of the switch 4512 (MOSFET or the like). The gate terminal of the switch 4512 is electrically connected to the control module 5511, and the source terminal of the switch 4512 is connected to the ground terminal. The secondary unit includes a secondary winding L2, a diode 4514, and a capacitor 4513. The dotless terminal of the secondary winding L2 is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 4514, and the dot terminal of the secondary winding L2 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 4513. The cathode of the diode 4514 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor 4513. The two ends of the capacitor 4513 are considered as auxiliary power output terminals V1 and V2 (corresponding to the two terminals of the auxiliary power module 2810 in FIG. 8H or the two terminals of the auxiliary power module 2910 in FIGS. 8I and 8J). Can be done.

The sampling module 4518 includes an auxiliary winding L3, a diode 4515, a capacitor 4516, and a resistor 4517. The dotless terminal of the auxiliary winding L3 is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 4515, and the dot terminal of the auxiliary winding L3 is electrically connected to the first common end connecting the capacitor 4516 and the resistor 4517. There is. The cathode of the diode 4515 is electrically connected to another common end (marked "A" in FIG. 8K) connecting the capacitor 4516 and the resistor 4517. Further, the capacitor 4516 and the resistor 4517 are electrically connected to the control module 5511 via the node A.

The control module 5511 includes a controller 5512, a diode 5513, capacitors 5514, 5515, and 5517, and resistors 5516, 5518, and 5589. The ground pin GT of the controller 5512 is grounded to the ground terminal GND. The output pin OUT of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to the gate terminal of the switch 4512. The trigger pin TRIG of controller 5512 is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 5516 (marked as "B"). The discharge pin DIS of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to the other end of the resistor 5516. The reset pin RST of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 5514 and the other end of the capacitor 5514 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The constant voltage pin CV of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 5515, and the other end of the capacitor 5515 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The discharge terminal DIS of the controller 5512 is connected to one end of the capacitor 5517 through the resistor 5516, and the other end of the capacitor 5517 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The power supply pin VC of the controller 5512 receives the supply voltage Vcc and is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 5518 and the other end of the resistor 5518 is electrically connected to the node B. The anode of the diode 5513 is electrically connected to node A, the cathode of the diode 5513 is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 5519, and the other end of the resistor 5519 is electrically connected to node B.

The following is a description of the operation of the circuit embodiment of FIG. 8K. When the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in a normal state, the output voltage between the output terminals V1 and V2 of the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is low, usually lower than a specific value, for example 100V. In this embodiment, the output voltage between the output terminals V1 and V2 is in the range of 60V to 80V. At this point, the voltage sampled at node A of the sampling module 4518 is low relative to the ground terminal GND, so that a small current can flow through the resistor 5519 and be ignored. When the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in an abnormal state, the output voltage between the output terminals V1 and V2 of the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is relatively high, for example exceeding 300 V, and is therefore sampled at node A of the sampling module 4518. The voltage is relatively high, so that a relatively large current flows through the resistor 5519. The relatively large current flowing through the resistor 5519 increases the discharge time of the capacitor 5517 and the charge time of the capacitor 5517 does not change, which corresponds to adjusting the duty ratio of the switch 4512 to increase the cutoff time. With respect to the output side of the transformer, the output energy is reduced by adjusting the duty ratio, so that the purpose of open circuit protection is achieved without the output voltage continuing to increase.

In the present embodiment, the trigger terminal TRIG of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to the discharge terminal DIS of the controller 5512 through the resistor 5516, and the voltage of the node B ranges from (1/3) * Vcc to (2/3) * Vcc. When inside (“*” indicates multiplication), the discharge terminal DIS is triggered. If the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in a normal state, that is, if the output voltage of the module does not exceed a set threshold, the voltage sampled at node A can be lower than (1/3) * Vcc. When the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in an abnormal state, the voltage sampled at node A can be (1/2) * Vcc or higher.

In the present embodiment, during the normal state, when the discharge pin DIS of the controller 5512 is triggered, the auxiliary power supply module 4510 supplies power as usual. The voltage waveforms at the discharge pin DIS and the output pin OUT are shown in FIG. 8M. FIG. 8M shows a charge / discharge waveform at the discharge pin DIS and a voltage waveform at the output terminal OUT along the time axis when the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in a normal state. As shown in FIG. 8M, a low voltage is output at the output pin OUT when the discharge pin DIS is triggered, i.e. when the controller 5512 is in the discharge stage (to discharge the capacitor 5517). A high voltage is output at the output pin OUT when the discharge pin DIS is not triggered, i.e., when the controller 5512 is in the charging stage (for charging the capacitor 5517). Therefore, the high voltage level and the low voltage level output at the output pin OUT are used to control the current conduction and interruption of the switch 4512, respectively. On the other hand, the charge / discharge waveform at the discharge pin DIS and the voltage waveform at the output terminal OUT along the time axis when the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in an abnormal state are shown in FIG. 8N. From FIGS. 8M and 8N, there are two cases in which the discharge pin DIS is not triggered, which corresponds to the period in which the capacitor 5517 is charged regardless of whether the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in a normal state or an abnormal state. It is clear that the same is true for. Further, when the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is in an abnormal state, there is a current flowing from the node B to the discharge pin DIS, and as a result, the discharge time of the capacitor 5517 is extended, so that a smaller or relatively small output energy is transformed. It occurs on the output side of the capacitor or auxiliary power supply module 4510, so the purpose of open circuit protection is achieved without the output voltage continuing to increase.

In the present embodiment, an example that can be selected as the control module 5512 or to configure the control module 5512 includes a time adjustment function such as a 555 timer IC for controlling the cutoff period of the switch 4512. It is a chip. The present embodiment can also be implemented by using resistors and capacitors to achieve an extension of discharge time without the use of complex control schemes. The voltage range of the supply voltage Vcc in this embodiment is 4.5V to 16V.

By using the circuit of the above embodiment, the open circuit output voltage of the auxiliary power supply module 4510 is limited to a specific value such as 300V which can be determined by selecting an appropriate value for the parameters in the circuit. can do.

It should be noted that in the circuits of the above embodiments, each electrical or component depicted in the relevant diagram, such as a resistor, capacitor, diode, or MOSFET (referred to as a switch 4512), is the book. It is intended to be a representative or equivalent of any plurality of such elements that may actually be used and connected in accordance with relevant rules for implementing embodiments.

FIG. 8L is a circuit diagram of the auxiliary power supply module according to the embodiment. With reference to FIG. 8L, the difference between the embodiment of FIG. 8L and the embodiment of FIG. 8K is that the sampling module of the embodiment of FIG. 8L is mounted by an optical coupler. The auxiliary power supply module 6510 includes a transformer, a sampling module, a control module 5511, and an energy storage unit 4511 for providing a supply voltage Vcc. The transformer includes a primary winding L1 and a secondary winding L2. The configuration of the primary winding L1 including the switch 4512 is the same as that of the above-described embodiment. The dotted terminals of the secondary winding L2 are electrically connected to the anode of the diode 4514, and the dotless terminals of the secondary winding L2 are electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 4513. The cathode of the diode 4514 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor 4513. Further, both ends of the capacitor 4513 can be regarded as auxiliary power output terminals V1 and V2.

The sampling module comprises an optical coupler 6513 with at least one photodiode, the anode of the photodiode is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode 4514 and one end of the capacitor 4513, and the cathode of the photodiode is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 6511. Connected to. The other end of the resistor 6511 is electrically connected to one end of the clamp component 6512, and the other end of the clamp component is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor 4513. The bipolar junction transistor in the optical coupler 6513 has a collector and an emitter electrically connected to the two ends of the resistor 5518, respectively.

The control module 5511 includes a controller 5512, capacitors 5514, 5515, and 5517, and resistors 5516 and 5518. The power supply pin VC of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to the collector of the bipolar junction transistor in the optical coupler 6513. The discharge pin DIS of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 5516 and the other end of the resistor 5516 is electrically connected to the collector of the bipolar junction transistor in the optical coupler 6513. The sample pin THRS of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to the emitter of the bipolar junction transistor in the optical coupler 6513 and is connected to one end of the capacitor 5517, and the other end of the capacitor 5517 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND. .. The ground pin GT of the controller 5512 is grounded to the ground terminal GND. The reset pin RST of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 5514 and the other end of the capacitor 5514 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The constant voltage pin CV of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 5515, and the other end of the capacitor 5515 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The trigger pin TRIG of controller 5512 is electrically connected to the sample pin THRS. Further, the output pin OUT of the controller 5512 is electrically connected to the gate terminal of the switch 4512.

The following is a description of the operation of the circuit embodiment of FIG. 8L. When the auxiliary power supply module 6510 is in a normal state, the output voltage between the output terminals V1 and V2 of the auxiliary power supply module 6510 is lower than the clamp voltage of the clamp component 6512, so that the current I1 flowing through the resistor 6511 is small. Can be ignored. Further, the current I2 flowing through the collector and the emitter of the bipolar junction transistor in the optical coupler 6513 is also small.

When the load is in the open circuit state, the output voltage between the output terminals V1 and V2 of the auxiliary power supply module 6510 increases, and when the output voltage exceeds the threshold voltage value of the clamp component 6512, the clamp component 6512 is conducted. Then, the current I1 flowing through the resistor 6511 is increased. Then, as the current I1 increases, the photodiode of the optical coupler 6513 lights up, and the current I2 flowing through the collector and the emitter of the bipolar junction transistor in the optical coupler 6513 increases proportionally. The increase in current I2 compensates for the discharge of the capacitor 5517 through the resistor 5516 and prolongs the discharge time of the capacitor 5517, thus extending the cutoff time of the switch 4512 (ie, reducing the duty ratio of the switch 4512). .. With respect to the output side of the transformer, the reduction or adjustment of the duty ratio reduces the output energy, so that the purpose of open circuit protection is achieved without the output voltage continuing to increase.

In this embodiment of the auxiliary power supply module 6510, the clamp component 6512 may be, for example, a voltage regulating diode such as a varistor, a transient voltage suppression diode (TVS diode), or a Zener diode, or includes such element. May be good. The trigger threshold of the clamp component 6512 can be in the range of 100-400V, preferably in the range of 150-350V. In some typical embodiments herein, 300V is selected as the trigger threshold.

In one embodiment of the auxiliary power supply module 6510, the resistor 6511 operates primarily to limit current, with the resistance being preferably in the range of 20 k to 1 M ohm (“M” represents one million). Is in the range of 20k to 500k ohms. In some embodiments disclosed herein, 50 k ohms is selected as the resistor of resistor 6511. Also, the resistor 5518 operates primarily to limit current, the resistor of which may be in the range of 1k to 100k ohms, preferably in the range of 5k to 50k ohms. In the embodiments disclosed herein, 6 k ohms is selected as the resistance of the resistor 5518. In this embodiment of the auxiliary power supply module 6510, the capacitance value of the capacitor 5517 can be in the range of 1nF to 1000nF, preferably in the range of 1nF to 100nF. In some embodiments disclosed herein, 2.2 nF is selected as the capacitance value of the capacitor 5517. The capacitance value of the capacitor 5515 can be in the range of 1nF to 1pF, preferably in the range of 5nF to 50nF. In some embodiments disclosed herein, 10 nF is selected as the capacitance value of the capacitor 5515. The capacitance value of the capacitor 4513 can be in the range of 1 μF to 100 μF, preferably in the range of 1 μF to 10 μF. In some embodiments disclosed herein, 4.7 μF is selected as the capacitance value of the capacitor 4513. Specific values of the components described above in connection with FIG. 8L can be combined in one embodiment, or some of the values are used with other components having values different from the specific values described above. can do.

In the embodiments of FIGS. 8K and 8L, the energy storage unit 4511 of the auxiliary power supply module 4510/6510 may include, for example, a battery or a supercapacitor. In the above embodiment, the DC power supply by the auxiliary power supply module 4510/6510 may be managed by the BMS so as to charge the capacitor 5517 when the LED straight tube lamp operates in the normal illumination mode. Alternatively, the capacitor 5517 may be charged without using BMS when the LED straight tube lamp operates in the normal illumination mode. By selecting the appropriate values of the parameters of the components of the auxiliary power supply module 4510/6510, the auxiliary power supply module 4510/6510 can be charged, for example, using a small current not exceeding 300 mA.

The advantages of using the auxiliary power supply modules 4510/6510 embodiments of FIGS. 8K and 8L include having a relatively simple circuit topology, without the need to mount a dedicated integrated circuit chip, for the implementation of open circuit protection. The components used are relatively few, and therefore the reliability of the auxiliary power supply module can be improved. The topology of the auxiliary power supply module 4510/6510 can be implemented by an isolated circuit structure to reduce the risk of leakage current.

In summary, the principle of using the auxiliary power supply module 4510/6510 embodiments of FIGS. 8K and 8L is to sample the output voltage (or current), such as by using a sampling module 4518, and the voltage / current sample has a predetermined threshold. If it exceeds, the cutoff period of the switch 4512 is extended by extending the time of discharge through the discharge terminal DIS / THRS of the controller 5512, and as a result, the duty ratio of the switch 4512 is modulated. The operating voltage of the discharge terminal DIS / THRS of the control module 5512 is in the range of (1/3) * Vcc to (2/3) * Vcc, and each charging time of the capacitor 5517 is almost the same, but the discharging time. Is extended. Therefore, since the output energy is reduced by the adjustment of the duty ratio, the purpose of the open circuit protection is achieved without the output voltage continuing to increase.

FIG. 8M shows a time diagram including the corresponding waveforms of the voltage at the OUT terminal and the voltage at the DIS / THRS terminal of the control module 5511 when the auxiliary power supply module is operating in a normal state. FIG. 8N shows the corresponding waveforms of the voltage at the OUT terminal and the voltage at the DIS / THRS terminal of the control module 5511 when the auxiliary power supply module is operating in an abnormal state (such as when the load is in the open circuit state). The time diagram including is shown. While the DIS / THRS terminals are not triggered (and thus the capacitor 5517 is charged), the voltage at the OUT terminals is initially high. When the DIS / THRS pin is triggered (thus the capacitor 5517 is discharging), the voltage at the OUT pin drops to a low level. Therefore, the voltage waveform or signal of the OUT terminal is used to control the current conduction and interruption of the switch 4512.

Referring to FIG. 9A, a block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp including a power supply module according to some typical embodiments is shown. Compared to the LED lamp shown in FIG. 4A, the LED straight tube lamp of FIG. 9A comprises a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, and an LED lighting module 530, and is further known as a mounting detection module 2520 (also known as an electric shock protection module). ) Is provided. In this embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 500 is configured to directly receive, for example, the external drive signal provided by the external AC power supply EP, which is the signal line (marked as "L") and It is input to two pins 501 and 502 at both ends of the LED straight tube lamp 500 through a neutral line (marked as "N"). In practical applications, the LED straight tube lamp 500 may also further include two additional pins 503 and 504 at the two ends of the lamp, as shown in FIG. 9A. Under the structure of the LED straight tube lamp 500 having four pins 501-504, two pins (pins 501 and 503) on the end cap located on one end of the LED straight tube lamp 500, depending on the design demand. , Or pins 502 and 504, etc.) may be electrically connected or electrically independent of each other, but the invention is not limited to any of the two different cases.

The mounting detection module 2520 is connected to the rectifier circuit 510 via the mounting detection terminal 2521, and is connected to the filter circuit 520 via the mounting detection terminal 2522. Therefore, the mounting detection module 2520 is connected in series with the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp 500. The mounting detection module 2520 detects a signal passing through the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 (that is, a signal passing through a power loop), and based on the detection result, an LED drive signal passing through the LED straight tube lamp (for example, external drive). Decide whether to block the signal). Since the mounting detection module 2520 includes a circuit configured to detect a signal passing through the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 and a step of determining whether to block the LED drive signal, the mounting detection circuit, Alternatively, it may be more generally called a detection circuit or a break circuit. When the LED straight tube lamp is not yet attached to the lamp socket or holder, or is not properly attached or is only partially attached (eg, one is connected to the lamp socket but the other). The mounting detection module 2520 detects a current (or current value) smaller than the predetermined current, and the signal passes through the high impedance mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522. judge. In this example, in certain embodiments, the mounting detection circuit 2520 is in a cutoff state to either stop the operation of the LED straight tube lamp or limit the current through the power loop to less than 5 MIU. , 5mA at a specific frequency, is a requirement for B-type LED straight tube lamps defined in safety certification standards such as UL. In this way, when the mounting detection circuit 2520 is in the cutoff state, the current flowing through the power loop is limited, so that the LED module cannot emit light.

The unit of "MIU" is defined by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C101-1992. Otherwise, the mounting detection module 2520 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is already mounted in the lamp socket or holder (eg, the mounting detection module 2520 detects a current greater than or equal to a predetermined current and has a low impedance mounting. (When it is determined that the signal is passing through the detection terminals 2521 and 2522), the conducting state / current limiting state is maintained, and the LED straight tube lamp is operated normally. As described above, when the mounting detection circuit 2520 is in the conductive state, the current flowing through the power loop is not limited, so that the LED module can emit light.

For example, in some embodiments, when the current passing through the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 is greater than or equal to a particular defined mounting current (or current value), i.e., the current supplied to the LED lighting module 530 is specified. When indicating that the operating current is equal to or higher than the operating current, the mounting detection module 2520 conducts, and the LED straight tube lamp is operated in the conductive state. For example, a current above a certain current value may indicate that the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket or holder. When the current passing through the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 is smaller than the specified specified mounting current (or current value), that is, when the current supplied to the LED lighting module 530 is less than the specified specified operating current. Based on the determination that the LED straight tube lamp is not mounted in the lamp socket or holder or is not properly connected, the mounting detection module 2520 cuts off the current and puts the LED straight tube lamp in a non-conducting state. Let me. In certain embodiments, the mounting detection module 2520 determines whether to conduct or cut off based on impedance detection, causing the LED straight tube lamp to operate in a conductive or non-conductive state. The LED straight tube lamp that operates in a conductive state may refer to an LED straight tube lamp in which a sufficient current is flowing through the LED module to cause the LED light source to emit light. The LED straight tube lamp that operates in the cut-off state may refer to an LED straight tube lamp in which a sufficient current does not flow through the LED module or no current flows so that the LED light source emits light. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently avoid the occurrence of electric shock caused by touching the conductive portion of the LED straight tube lamp that is not correctly attached to the lamp socket or the holder.

More precisely, when an external AC power supply is applied to the LED straight tube lamp 500, the current goes from the pin of one end cap (eg left end cap) to the pin of the other end cap (eg right end cap). Flow, leads and components connected in series to the first terminal (eg, positive terminal) of the LED module, LED module, leads and components connected in series to the second terminal (eg, negative terminal) of the LED module. Pass through in order. Current-carrying pins, leads, components, and LED modules form a power loop.

Under the dual-ended power supply structure, a power loop is formed between each end of the LED straight tube lamp, which causes a problem of electric shock.

With reference to FIG. 9B, a block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp with a power supply module according to another particular embodiment will be described. Compared to the LED straight tube lamp shown in FIG. 9A, the mounting detection module 2520 in the embodiment of FIG. 9B is arranged to be outside the LED straight tube lamp 500 and is connected to the power loop of the external AC power supply EP. And, for example, placed in a lamp socket. When at least one of the pins of the LED straight tube lamp 500 is electrically connected to the external AC power supply EP, the mounting detection module 2520 is connected in series with the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp 500 through the corresponding pin 501. As a result, in the mounting detection module 2520, the LED straight tube lamp 500 is correctly / properly connected to the lamp socket by the mounting detection method of the embodiment described above with reference to FIG. 9A, or there is a risk of electric shock to the user. It is possible to detect the presence.

In another embodiment, the structure of the power supply module of the embodiments of FIGS. 9A and 9B can be integrated. For example, the plurality of mounting detection modules 2520 may be arranged in the lighting system of the LED straight tube lamp, and at least one of the mounting detection modules 2520 may be arranged on the internal power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. At least one of the mounting detection modules 2520 may be arranged so as to be outside the LED straight tube lamp, for example, inside a lamp socket. The external mounting detection module 2520 can be electrically connected to the internal power loop of the LED straight tube lamp through a pin on the end cap of the LED straight tube lamp to improve the protective effect caused by an accidental electric shock. ..

It should be noted that the illustrated position of the mounting detection module 2520 in FIG. 9A is the possible position of the switch circuit in the mounting detection module 2520 (such as 2580/2680/2780/2880/3080 described below) or It is only an exemplary position determined according to the position shown and therefore the figure showing the mounting detection module 2520 requires that the mounting detection module 2520 be located in the same position as FIG. 9A, or the mounting detection module 2520. Means that it has only two connection terminals (as shown in FIG. 9A) to connect to other circuits (one or more) (such as rectifier circuit 510, filter circuit 520, or LED lighting module 530). It's not something to do. Further, arranging the mounting detection module 2520 or the switch circuit of the module between the rectifier circuit 510 and the filter circuit 520 is only a typical embodiment. In some embodiments, the function of preventing electric shock can be implemented by arranging the switch circuit at a position where it is possible to control the on and off states of the power loop. For example, the switch circuit may be arranged between the drive circuit (1530) and the LED module (50), but the present invention is not limited to this aspect.

A block diagram of a mounting detection module according to some particular embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 10A. The mounting detection module includes a switch circuit 2580, a detection pulse generation module 2540, a detection result latch circuit 2560, and a detection determination circuit 2570. Some of these circuits or modules may be referred to as first, second, third circuits, etc. as a naming convention to distinguish them from each other.

The detection determination circuit 2570 is coupled to the mounting detection terminal 2522 and the mounting detection terminal 2521 (via the switch circuit coupling terminal 2581 and the switch circuit 2580) and detects the signal between the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522. The detection determination circuit 2570 is also connected to the detection result latch circuit 2560 via the detection result terminal 2571, and transmits a detection result signal to the detection result latch circuit 2560. The detection determination circuit 2570 may be configured to detect the current flowing through the terminals 2521 and 2522 (eg, to detect whether the current is greater than or less than a particular current value).

The detection pulse generation module 2540 is connected to the detection result latch circuit 2560 via the pulse signal output terminal 2541 to generate a pulse signal, and notifies the detection result latch circuit 2560 of the timing for latching (holding) the detection result. For example, the detection pulse generation module 2540 is configured to generate a signal that maintains a latch circuit such as the detection result latch circuit 2560 in a state corresponding to either a conduction state or a cutoff state of the LED straight tube lamp. It may be a circuit. The detection result latch circuit 2560 holds the detection result according to the detection result signal (or the detection result signal and the pulse signal), and the detection result is connected to the switch circuit 2580 connected to the detection result latch circuit 2560 via the detection result latch terminal 2561. To send or provide. The switch circuit 2580 controls the conduction or disconnection state between the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 according to the detection result.

A block diagram of a detection pulse generation module according to some particular embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 10B. The detection pulse generation module 2640 may be a circuit including a plurality of capacitors 2642, 2645, 2646, a plurality of resistors 2634, 2647, 2648, two buffers 2644, 2651, an inverter 2650, a diode 2649, and an OR gate OG1. .. The capacitor 2642 may be referred to as the first capacitor 2642, the capacitor 2645 may be referred to as the second capacitor 2645, and the capacitor 2646 may be referred to as the third capacitor 2646. The resistor 2644 may be referred to as the first resistor 2443, the resistor 2647 may be referred to as the second resistor 2647, and the resistor 2648 may be referred to as the third resistor 2648. The buffer 2644 may be referred to as the first buffer 2644 and the buffer 2651 may be referred to as the second buffer 2651. The diode 2649 may be referred to as the first diode 2649, and the OR gate OG1 may be referred to as the first OR gate OG1. During use or operation, the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2443 are drive voltages such as VCS, which are generally defined as high logic level voltages in this embodiment (eg, drive voltage sources and may be power supply nodes). Is connected in series with a reference voltage (or potential) such as a ground potential. The connection node between the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2644 is connected to the input terminal of the buffer 2644. In an exemplary embodiment, the buffer 2644 comprises two inverters connected in series between the input and output terminals of the buffer 2644. The resistor 2647 is connected between a drive voltage such as a VCS and an input terminal of the inverter 2650. In the present embodiment, the resistor 2648 is connected between the input terminal of the buffer 2651 and a reference voltage such as a ground potential. The anode of diode 2649 is grounded and the cathode of diode 2649 is connected to the input terminal of buffer 2651. The first ends of the capacitors 2645 and 2646 are collectively connected to the output terminal of the buffer 2644, and the opposite ends of the capacitors 2645 and 2646 are connected to the input terminal of the inverter 2650 and the input terminal of the buffer 2651, respectively. In an exemplary embodiment, the buffer 2651 comprises two inverters connected in series between the input and output terminals of the buffer 2651. The output terminal of the inverter 2650 and the output terminal of the buffer 2651 are connected to two input terminals of the OR gate OG1. According to one particular embodiment, any "high logic level" or "low logic level" voltage (or potential) referred to herein is another voltage (or potential) or potential in the circuit. It may be called "logic high logic level" or "logic low logic level" based on the reference voltage (or potential) of.

FIG. 19A is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to a typical embodiment. The mounting detection operation is further described with reference to FIG. 19A, where one end cap of the LED straight tube lamp is inserted into the lamp socket and the other end cap is electrically connected to the human body, or the LED. An example is shown in which the LED straight tube lamp becomes conductive when both end caps of the straight tube lamp are inserted into the lamp socket (eg, at timing ts). At this time, the mounting detection module (for example, the mounting detection module 2520 shown in FIG. 9A) enters the detection stage DTM. The voltage on the connection node between the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2634 is initially high (equal to the drive voltage VCS), decreases over time and finally reaches zero. Since the input terminal of the buffer 2644 is connected to the connection node of the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2644, the buffer 2644 first outputs a high logic level signal, and the voltage on the connection node between the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2644 is a low logic trigger. When it drops to the logic level, it turns to the output of a low logic level signal. As a result, the buffer 2644 is configured to generate the input pulse signal and then hold it at the low logic level (stop the output of the input pulse signal). The width of the input pulse signal may be one (initial setting) period determined by the capacitance value of the capacitor 2642 and the resistance value of the resistor 2634.

Next, the operation of the buffer 2644 to generate the pulse signal for the initial setting period will be described below. Since the voltage at the first end of the capacitor 2645 and the voltage at the first end of the resistor 2647 are equal to the drive voltage VCS, the voltage on the connection node between the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 is also at a high logic level. Since the first end of resistor 2648 is grounded and the first end of capacitor 2646 receives the input pulse signal from buffer 2644, the connection nodes of capacitor 2646 and register 2648 initially have a high logic level voltage. However, with time, this voltage drops to zero (during which the voltage held by the capacitor is equal to or closer to the drive voltage VCS). Therefore, the inverter 2650 first outputs a low logic level signal, the buffer 2651 outputs a high logic level signal, and thus the OR gate OG1 outputs a high logic level signal (first pulse signal DP1) from the pulse signal output terminal 2541. Output. At that moment, the detection result latch circuit 2560 (shown in FIG. 10A) receives the detection result signal Sdr received from the detection determination circuit 2570 (shown in FIG. 10A) and the pulse signal generated by the pulse signal output terminal 2541. And, the detection result is retained for the first hour. During the initial pulse period, as shown in FIG. 10A, the detection pulse generation module 2540 outputs a high logic level signal, so that the detection result latch circuit 2560 outputs the result of the high logic level signal.

When the voltage of the connection node between the capacitor 2646 and the resistor 2648 drops to the low logic trigger logic level, the buffer 2651 switches to the output of the low logic level signal and outputs the low logic level signal from the pulse signal output terminal 2541 to the OR gate OG1. (That is, stop the output of the first pulse signal DP1). The width of the first pulse signal DP1 output from the OR gate OG1 is determined by the capacitance value of the capacitor 2646 and the resistance value of the resistor 2648.

The operation after the buffer 2644 stops the output of the pulse signal will be described below. For example, the operation may start from the LED operation mode DRM. Since the capacitor 2646 holds a voltage almost equal to the drive voltage VCS, the voltage on the connection node between the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2648 when the buffer 2644 instantly changes its output from a high logic level signal to a low logic level signal. Is less than zero, but the diode 2649 is raised to zero by quickly charging the capacitor 2646. Therefore, buffer 2651 continues to output low logic level signals.

In some embodiments, when the buffer 2644 instantly changes its output from a high logic level signal to a low logic signal, the voltage at one end of the capacitor 2645 also immediately changes from the drive voltage VCS to zero. As a result, the connection node between the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 has a low logic level signal. At that moment, the output of the inverter 2650 changes to a high logic level signal, causing the OR gate to output a high logic level signal (second pulse signal DP2) from the pulse signal output terminal 2541. The detection result latch circuit 2560 shown in FIG. 10A follows the detection result signal Sdr received from the detection determination circuit 2570 (shown in FIG. 10A) and the pulse signal generated by the pulse signal output terminal 2541 for the second time. The detection result is retained during. Next, the drive voltage VCS charges the capacitor 2645 via the resistor 2647, and raises the voltage on the connection node between the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 to the drive voltage VCS over time. When the voltage on the connection node between the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 rises until it reaches the high logic trigger logic level, the inverter 2650 outputs the low logic level signal again and outputs the second pulse signal DP2 to the OR gate OG1. Stop it. The width of the second pulse signal DP2 is determined by the capacitance value of the capacitor 2645 and the resistance value of the resistor 2647.

As described above, in a particular embodiment, the detection pulse generation module 2640 generates two high logic level pulse signals, a first pulse signal DP1 and a second pulse signal DP2, in the detection mode DTM. These pulse signals are output from the pulse signal output terminal 2541. Further, between the first pulse signal and the second pulse signal DP2, there is a predetermined time interval TIV (for example, if these pulse signals have a high logic level, the opposite logic signal having a low logic level). .. In an embodiment in which the detection pulse generation module 2640 is mounted using the circuit shown in FIG. 10B, the specified time is determined by the capacitance value of the capacitor 2642 and the resistance value of the resistor 2634. In other embodiments where the detection pulse generation module 2640 is implemented using digital circuits, the adjustment of the set interval TIV is the signal frequency or period of the digital circuit of each embodiment or other adjustable (one or more). It can be implemented by setting parameters.

Upon entering the LED operating mode DRM from the detection mode DTM, the detection pulse generation module 2640 no longer generates a pulse signal and keeps the pulse signal output terminal 2541 at a low logic level potential. As described above, the LED operation mode DRM is a stage following the detection mode (that is, the time after the end of the second pulse signal DP2). The LED operating mode DRM occurs when the LED straight tube lamp is at least partially connected to, for example, a power source provided in the lamp socket. For example, when a part of the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to one lamp socket, such as only one side of the LED straight tube lamp, or when a part of the LED straight tube lamp is connected to a high impedance like a human. And / or when part of the LED straight tube lamp is not properly connected to the opposite lamp socket (for example, when the metal contacts in the socket do not come into contact with the metal contacts of the LED straight tube lamp due to misalignment). , LED operation mode DRM may occur. LED operating mode DRM may occur when the entire LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket.

The detection determination circuit according to some specific embodiments will be described with reference to FIG. 10C. An exemplary detection and determination circuit 2670 includes a comparator 2671 and a resistor 2672. The comparator 2671 may be referred to as the first comparator 2671, and the resistor 2672 may be referred to as the fifth resistor 2672. The negative electrode input terminal of the comparator 2671 receives the reference logic level signal (or reference voltage) Vref, the positive electrode input terminal of the comparator 2671 is grounded via the resistor 2672, and is also connected to the switch circuit connection terminal 2581. With reference to FIGS. 10A and 10C, the signal flowing into the switch circuit 2580 from the mounting detection terminal 2521 is output from the switch circuit connection terminal 2581 to the resistor 2672. When the current of the signal passing through resistor 2672 reaches a certain level (eg, above the specified mounting current (eg 2A)), which causes the voltage on resistor 2672 to be higher than the reference voltage Vref (two end caps are lamp sockets). The comparator 2671 generates a high logic level detection result signal Sdr and outputs it to the detection result terminal 2571. For example, when the LED straight tube lamp is correctly attached to the lamp socket, the comparator 2671 outputs the high logic level detection result signal Sdr from the detection result terminal 2571. On the other hand, if the current through resistor 2672 is insufficient and the voltage on resistor 2672 cannot be higher than the reference voltage Vref (referring to the case where only one end cap is inserted into the lamp socket), the comparator 2671 is low. The logic level detection result signal Sdr is generated and output to the detection result terminal 2571. Thus, in some embodiments, if the LED straight tube lamp is not properly attached to the lamp socket, or one end cap is inserted into the lamp socket, the other end cap is grounded by an object such as the human body. If this is the case, the current is too small for the comparator 2671 to output the high logic level detection result signal Sdr to the detection result terminal 2571.

A schematic detection result latch circuit according to some embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 10D. The detection result latch circuit 2660 includes a D flip-flop 2661, a resistor 2662, and an OR gate 2663. The D flip-flop 2661 may be referred to as the first D flip-flop 2661, the resistor 2662 may be referred to as the fourth resistor 2662, and the OR gate 2663 may be referred to as the second OR gate 2663. The D flip-flop 2661 has a CLK input terminal connected to the detection result terminal 2571 and a D input terminal connected to the drive voltage VCS. First, when the detection result terminal 2571 outputs the low logic level detection result signal Sdr, the D flip-flop 2661 first outputs the low logic level signal from the Q output terminal, but the detection result terminal 2571 outputs the high logic level detection result signal Sdr. The D flip-flop 2661 outputs a high logic level signal from the Q output terminal. The resistor 2662 is connected between the Q output terminal of the D flip-flop 2661 and a reference voltage such as a ground potential. When the OR gate 2663 receives the first pulse signal DP1 or the second pulse signal DP2 from the pulse signal output terminal 2541 or the high logic level signal from the Q output terminal of the D flip-flop 2661, the OR gate 2663 has a detection result. A high logic level detection result latch signal is output from the latch terminal 2561. Only in the detection mode DTM, the detection pulse generation module 2640 outputs the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 to cause the OR gate 2663 to output a high logic level detection result latch signal, thereby causing the D flip-flop 2661. Determines whether the detection result latch signal is at a high logic level or a low logic level, for example, for the remaining time including the LED operation mode DRM after the detection mode DTM. Therefore, when the detection result terminal 2571 does not have the high logic level detection result signal Sdr, the D flip-flop 2661 holds the low logic level signal at the Q output terminal, so that the detection result latch terminal 2561 is connected to the detection mode DTM. Also holds the low logic level detection result latch signal. On the other hand, once the detection result terminal 2571 has the high logic level detection result signal Sdr, the D flip-flop 2661 outputs and holds the high logic level signal from the Q output terminal (for example, based on the VCS). As described above, the detection result latch terminal 2561 also holds the high logic level detection result latch signal in the LED operation mode DRM.

A schematic switch circuit according to some embodiments will be described with reference to FIG. 10E. The switch circuit 2680 has a high current / high power processing capability, and includes a transistor such as a bipolar junction transistor (BJT) as a power transistor suitable for the switch circuit. The BJT2681 may be referred to as the first transistor 2681. The BJT2681 has a collector connected to the mounting detection terminal 2521, a base connected to the detection result latch terminal 2561, and an emitter connected to the switch circuit connection terminal 2581. When the detection pulse generation module 2640 generates the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2, the BJT2681 is in a transient conduction state. As a result, the detection determination circuit 2670 can perform detection for determining whether the detection result latch signal has a high logic level or a low logic level. When the detection result latch circuit 2660 outputs a high logic level detection result latch signal at the detection result latch terminal 2561, the situation means that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly attached to the lamp socket, and as a result, BJT2681. Is in a conductive state and makes the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 conductive (that is, conducts the power loop). On the other hand, the drive circuit (not shown) in the power supply module starts operation in response to the voltage received from the power loop and generates a lighting control signal Slc for controlling the conduction state of the power switch (not shown). As a result, the driving current can be generated to light the LED module. On the other hand, when the detection result latch circuit 2660 outputs a low logic level detection result latch signal from the detection result latch terminal 2561 and the output from the detection pulse generation module 2640 is a low logic level, the BJT2681 is cut off or blocked and installed. The detection terminals 2521 and 2522 are blocked or blocked. In this case, the drive circuit of the power supply module is not started, and as a result, the lighting control signal Slc is not generated.

Since the external drive signal Sed is an AC signal, the detection pulse generation module 2640 has a detection pulse generation module 2640 in order to avoid a detection error caused by the logic level of the external drive signal when the detection determination circuit 2670 detects it is just near zero. The 1-pulse signal DP1 and the 2nd pulse signal DP2 are generated, and the detection determination circuit 2670 is made to perform the detection twice. As a result, it is possible to avoid the problem that the logic level of the external drive signal becomes exactly near zero in one detection. In some cases, the time difference between the generation of the first pulse signal DP1 and the generation of the second pulse signal DP2 is not a multiple of the half cycle T of the external drive signal Sed. For example, this time difference does not match a multiple of the 180 degree phase difference of the external drive signal Sed. In this way, when one of the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 is generated and the external drive signal Sed is inconveniently near zero, the external drive signal Sed is also generated when the other pulse signal is generated. It can be avoided that it becomes near zero again.

The time difference between the generation of the first pulse signal DP1 and the generation of the second pulse signal DP2, for example, the specified time interval TIV for both signal generations can be expressed by the following equation.

TIV = (X + Y) (T / 2)

Here, T represents the period of the external drive signal Sed, X is a natural number, satisfies 0 <Y <1, and in some embodiments, Y is in the range of 0.05 to 0.95. Also, in some embodiments, Y is in the range of 0.15 to 0.85.

Those skilled in the art of the art of the present disclosure will appreciate that a method of generating two pulses or pulse signals to perform mounting detection, as described in the embodiments described above, is a typical method of operating a detection pulse generation module. It is only an embodiment, and in practice, the detection pulse generation module may be configured to generate at least one or two pulse signals to perform mounting detection, but the present invention is in this different number. It can be understood that it is not limited to any of the above.

Further, in order to avoid a determination error of the mounting detection module entering the detection mode DTM caused by the logic level of the drive voltage VCS being too small, the drive voltage VCS reaches the specified logic level or is higher than the specified logic level. When becomes, the first pulse signal DP1 can be set to be generated. For example, in some embodiments, the detection and determination circuit 2670 operates after the drive voltage VCS reaches a sufficiently high logic level to prevent misjudgment of the mounting detection module due to insufficient logic level. ..

According to the example above, due to the high impedance when one end cap of an LED straight tube lamp is inserted into a lamp socket and the other end cap is on the float or electrically connected to a human body or other grounded object. The detection determination circuit outputs a low logic level detection result signal Sdr. The detection result latch circuit holds the low logic level detection result signal Sdr based on the pulse signal of the detection pulse generation module, so that the signal is used as the low logic level detection result latch signal and the LED operation is performed without changing the logic value. The detection result is retained even in the mode DRM. In this way, the switch circuit maintains a cut-off or block state rather than a continuous continuity. Further, it is possible to prevent an electric shock state and satisfy the requirements of safety standards. On the other hand, when the two end caps of the LED straight tube lamp are correctly inserted into the lamp socket (for example, at timing td), the impedance of the circuit of the LED straight tube lamp itself is small, so that the detection determination circuit detects the high logic level. The result signal Sdr is output. The detection result latch circuit holds the high logic level detection result signal Sdr based on the pulse signal of the detection pulse generation module, and uses that signal as the high logic level detection result latch signal to display the detection result even in the LED operation mode DRM. Hold. In this way, the switch circuit maintains continuity and normally operates the LED straight tube lamp in the LED operation mode DRM.

In some embodiments, the detection determination circuit detects low logic levels when one end cap of an LED straight tube lamp is inserted into a lamp socket and the other end cap is on a float or electrically connected to a human body. The result signal Sdr is output to the detection result latch circuit, then the detection pulse generation module outputs the low logic level signal to the detection result latch circuit, causes the detection result latch circuit to output the low logic level detection result latch signal, and switches. Break or block the circuit. In this way, the block of the switch circuit sets the mounting detection terminals, for example, the first and second mounting detection terminals into a block state. As a result, the LED straight tube lamp becomes non-conducting or blocked.

However, in some embodiments, when the two end caps of the LED straight tube lamp are correctly inserted into the lamp socket, the detection determination circuit outputs the high logic level detection result signal Sdr to the detection result latch circuit and the detection result. The high logic level detection result latch signal is output to the latch circuit, and the switch circuit is made conductive. In this way, the continuity of the switch circuit brings the mounting detection terminals, for example, the first and second mounting detection terminals into a conductive state. As a result, the LED straight tube lamp operates in a conductive state.

Therefore, according to the operation of the mounting detection module, when at least one end of the LED straight tube lamp is connected to the lamp socket, the first circuit generates and outputs two pulses each having a pulse width at intervals. To do. The first circuit may include the various elements described above configured to output a pulse to the base of a transistor (eg, a BJT transistor) that functions as a switch. A pulse is generated during the detection mode DTM to detect if the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket. The timing of pulse generation may be controlled based on the timing of various parts of the first circuit that change from high logic level to low logic level or from low logic level to high logic level.

The timing of the pulse is determined as follows, that is, if the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket during the detection mode DTM (for example, both ends of the LED straight tube lamp are connected to the conductive terminals of the lamp socket. When properly connected), at least one pulse signal is generated when the alternating current from the external drive signal is at a non-zero level. For example, a pulse signal may be generated at an interval TIV different from the half cycle of the AC supply signal. For example, the time between the start points or intermediate points of the pulse signals, or from the end of the first pulse signal DP1 to the start of the second pulse signal DP2 is a time amount different from the half cycle of the AC supply signal (for example,). It may be separated by a multiple of half a cycle of the AC supply signal (may be between 0.05% and 0.95%). As long as the switch that receives the non-zero level AC supply signal is switched on and the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket during the period of the pulse that occurs when the AC supply signal is at the non-zero level. The state is changed to the latch circuit so that the switch does not change from the on state. For example, the switch may be configured to be turned on as each pulse is output from the first circuit. The latch circuit may be configured to change state only when the switch is on and the current output from the switch is greater than the threshold, that is, it indicates that it is properly connected to the lighting socket. As a result, the LED straight tube lamp operates in a conductive state.

Therefore, in the process of installing the LED straight tube lamp by the user, when the power of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on (whether or not the LED straight tube lamp is lit), the LED straight tube lamp installation detection module causes a power loop. After generating a pulse to detect the mounting condition or the occurrence of electric shock before continuously conducting, and as a result, confirming that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly mounted or not touched by the user. , The drive current is conducted through the power loop to drive the LED module. Therefore, the LED straight tube lamp will not light until the first pulse is generated, i.e. the power loop will not conduct or the current on the power loop will be limited to less than 5mA / MIU. In actual application, the period from when the power of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on to when the first pulse is generated is substantially 100 ms or more. For example, the LED straight tube lamp provided with the mounting detection module of the present embodiment does not emit light until at least 100 ms after it is mounted and the power is turned on. In some embodiments, the mounting detection module continuously generates pulses before determining if the mounting condition is correct, or before determining that the user is not touching the LED straight tube lamp, so that the first If the LED straight tube lamp does not light after the pulse is generated, the LED straight tube lamp lights at least after the interval TIV (ie, after the second pulse is generated). In this example, if the LED straight tube lamp does not light after 100 ms, the LED straight tube lamp also does not emit light within at least 100 + TIV ms. The expression "turn on the power of the LED straight tube lamp" means that the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is electrically connected to the ground level so as to generate a voltage difference in the power loop. It means that a power source (AC power line, etc.) is applied to the LED straight tube lamp. Proper / correct installation of the powered on LED straight tube lamp means that an external power source is applied to the LED straight tube lamp and the LED straight tube lamp is electrified to the ground level via the ground wire of the lamp fixture. It means that they are connected to each other. In addition, the fact that the power-on LED straight tube lamp is improperly / incorrectly installed means that the external power supply is applied to the LED straight tube lamp, and the LED straight tube lamp is not only the ground wire of the lamp fixture. An unexpected object or body with impedance is in a power loop, being electrically connected to the ground level through an impedance human body or other object, i.e. improperly / incorrectly installed. It means that it has been connected in series on the current path inside.

It should be noted that the fact that the LED straight tube lamp is turned on means that an external drive signal is applied to at least one pin of the LED straight tube lamp, and a current is passed through the LED straight tube lamp. The current can be a drive current or a leakage current.

On the other hand, if both pulses occur when the external drive signal of the LED straight tube lamp is at a current level close to zero or below a certain threshold, the state of the latch circuit does not change and the switch has a period of two pulses. It is on only in the middle, and remains off after the end of both pulses and the end of the detection mode. For example, if the current output from the switch is less than the threshold, the latch circuit may be configured to maintain its current state. In this way, by maintaining the non-conducting state of the LED straight tube lamp, even if a part of the LED straight tube is connected to the power supply, electric shock is prevented.

According to a specific embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal generated by the detection pulse generation module is 1 μs to 1 ms, and when the LED straight tube lamp is instantaneously conducted, the switch circuit is conducted for a short time. Used to make the state. In one typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal is 10 μs to 1 ms. In another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal is 10 μs to 30 μs. In another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 is in the wider range of 200 μs to 400 μs. In another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 is within ± 15% of 20 μs, 35 μs, or 45 μs. Also, in another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 is within ± 15% of 300 μs.

According to some embodiments, a pulse or pulse signal is such that a sudden change in a voltage or current signal occurs instantaneously in a continuous period of the signal, that is, a sudden sudden change in the signal in a short period of time. Then, it means that it rapidly returns to the initial value before the fluctuation. Thus, the pulse signal changes or transitions from low level to high level and then returns from high level to low level after a short period of time, or changes or transitions from high level to low level and then back to high level. Although it can be a signal of current, the invention is not limited to any of these choices. The expression "signal change occurs instantaneously" corresponds to a period in which the LED straight tube lamp as a unit is not sufficient to change the operating state, and the instantaneous signal change touches during the period. It is unlikely to cause an electric shock to the human body. For example, when the switch circuit 2580/2680 is conducted by using the pulse signal DP1 / DP2, the conduction period of the switch circuit 2580/2680 is so short that the LED module is not lit, and the effective current on the power loop is the upper limit of the rated current. Very short so that it does not exceed (5 MIU). Further, the “rapid change in signal” refers to the degree of change in the pulse or pulse signal sufficient for the electrical element receiving the pulse signal to respond to the signal and change the operating state of the element. For example, when the switch circuit 2580/2680 receives the pulse signal DP1 / DP2, the switch circuit 2580/2680 conducts or is cut off in response to the switching of the signal level of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2.

In some embodiments, the pulse current is generated to pass through a detection and determination circuit for detection and determination. Since this pulse is for a short time and not for a long time, no electric shock state occurs. Further, the detection result during the LED operation mode DRM (for example, the LED operation mode DRM is the period after the detection mode DTM and the part of the LED straight tube lamp is still connected to the power supply). Since the latch circuit also holds the detection result, the detection result saved in advance does not change according to the change in the circuit state. In this way, it is possible to avoid a situation caused by a change in the detection result. In some embodiments, mounting detection modules such as switch circuits, detection pulse generation modules, detection result latch circuits, and detection determination circuits are embedded in the chip and then embedded in the circuit to reduce circuit cost and layout space. It is also possible.

In addition, the detection pulse generation module 2640 generates, for example, two pulse signals DP1 and DP2, but the detection pulse generation module 2540 of the present invention is not limited to this embodiment. The detection pulse generation module 2540 is a circuit capable of generating a single pulse or a plurality of pulses (two or more pulses).

For an embodiment of the detection pulse generation module 2540 that produces only one pulse or pulse signal, a simple circuit configuration that uses an RC circuit in combination with (one or more) active electrical elements (with an internal power supply) is used. Therefore, only one pulse can be generated / transmitted. For example, in some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2640 simply comprises a capacitor 2642, a resistor 2634, and a buffer 2644. In this configuration, the detection pulse generation module can generate only a single pulse signal DP1.

In one embodiment of the detection pulse generation module 2540 that generates a plurality of pulse signals, in some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2640 further comprises a reset circuit (not shown). The reset circuit can reset the operating state of the circuit in the detection pulse generation module 2640 after the first pulse signal DP1 and / or the second pulse signal DP2 is generated, so that the detection pulse generation module 2640 After a while, the first pulse signal DP1 and / or the second pulse signal DP2 can be generated again. Generating a plurality of pulse signals at fixed period TIV intervals can be, for example, generating pulse signals every 20 ms to 2 s (ie, 20 ms ≤ TIV ≤ 2 s). In one embodiment, the fixed period TIV is 500 ms to 2 s. In another embodiment, the fixed period TIV is within ± 15% of 75 ms. In yet another embodiment, the fixed period TIV is within ± 15% of 45 ms. In yet another embodiment, the fixed period TIV is within ± 15% of 30 ms. Also, generating a plurality of pulse signals at random period TIV intervals can be, for example, 0.5 s to 2 s as a random period TIV between every two consecutive, generated pulse signals. It can be done by choosing a random value in the range.

In particular, the time and frequency for the detection pulse generation module 2540 to generate a pulse signal to perform mounting detection is the effect of the detection current under the detection stage on a normal human body that is exposed to or exposed to the detection current. Can be set or adjusted in consideration of. In general, as long as the magnitude and duration of the detected current flowing through the human body meets the limiting requirements of the relevant standards, the detected current flowing through the human body does not allow the human body to perceive or experience the danger of electric shock, endangering human safety. Absent. To avoid the risk of electric shock, the magnitude and duration of the detected current must be inversely correlated to meet the limiting requirements of the relevant standards. That is, under the requirement that the detected current flowing through the human body does not endanger the safety of the human body, the larger the detected current, the shorter the duration of the detected current flowing through the human body, and conversely, the detection. When the magnitude of the current is very small, the detected current flowing through the human body does not or is unlikely to endanger the safety of the human body, even if the duration is considerably long. Therefore, in reality, whether or not the detected current flowing through the human body jeopardizes the safety of the human body is not determined solely by the amount of electric charge received by the human body, but is applied to the human body from the detected current or is applied to the human body. It is determined based on the amount of charge or power received per unit time or by the amount of charge or power.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2540 stops generating pulse signals during a particular detection period and for mounting detection to prevent the detection current from causing an electric shock to the human body in contact. It is configured to generate a pulse or pulse group to perform the attachment detection only outside the period of time. FIG. 19D is a signal waveform diagram of the detected current according to some embodiments, the horizontal axis represents the time axis (indicated by t), and the vertical axis represents the value of the detected current (indicated by I). With reference to FIG. 19D, within the detection phase, the detection pulse generation module 2540 provides a pulse signal to perform mounting detection during a particular detection period in order to conduct the detection path or power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. See other described related embodiments of the present disclosure for details on how to generate and set the pulse width of each pulse and the spacing between two consecutive pulses. Since the detection path or power loop is conducting, the detection current Iin of the detection path or power loop whose value can be obtained by measuring the input current of the LED straight tube lamp to the power supply module is determined by each of the pulse signals. Whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly / properly attached to the lamp socket by measuring the value of the current pulse Idp including the current pulse Idp generated corresponding to the generated timing. Judge whether or not. After the detection period Tw shown in FIG. 19D, the detection pulse generation module 2540 stops generating a pulse signal for mounting detection and shuts off the detection path or power loop. Looking broadly at the detection current Iin along the time axis, the detection pulse generation module 2540 generates a group DPg of current pulses during the detection period TW and uses the group DPg of current pulses to perform mounting detection. Determines if the LED straight tube lamp is properly / properly mounted in the lamp socket. In other words, in the embodiment of FIG. 19D, the detection pulse generation module 2540 generates the current pulse Idp only during the detection period TW, and the detection period TW can be set in the range of 0.5s to 2s, all. 0.51, 0.52, 0.53, 0.60, 0.61, 0.62, in seconds. .. .. Includes all two-digit decimal numbers between 0.5s and 2s, including 0.5s and 2s, such as 1.97, 1.98, 1.99, 2, but the present invention is in this range. The embodiment is not limited to. In addition, by properly selecting the detection period TW, even if mounting detection is performed using the group DPg of the current pulse, the detection current does not generate excessive power that endangers the human body in contact, resulting in electric shock. Note that protection can be achieved.

With respect to circuit design, the method by which the detection pulse generation module 2540 generates the detection current pulse Idp only during the detection period Tw can be implemented by a variety of different circuit embodiments. For example, in one embodiment, the detection pulse generation module 2540 is implemented by a pulse generation circuit (shown in FIG. 10B or 11B) along with a timing circuit (not shown herein), the timing circuit being periodic. Is detected, a signal is output to the pulse generation circuit to stop the generation of (one or more) pulses. In another embodiment, the detection pulse generation module 2540 is implemented by a pulse generation module (shown in FIG. 10B or FIG. 11B) with a shielding / insulating circuit (not shown herein) and a shielding / insulating circuit. Blocks (one or more) the detection pulses by any of several methods, such as pulling (the voltage of) the output terminal of the detection pulse generation module to ground after a predetermined time. It can be configured such that one or more detection pulses are not generated or output by the pulse generation circuit. In configurations with shield / insulation circuits, the shield / insulation circuit can be implemented by a simple circuit such as an RC circuit without the need to modify the original circuit design of the pulse generation circuit.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2540 will generate pulses or pulse groups to perform mounting detection at intervals to prevent the detection current from causing an electric shock to the human body in contact. Each of the intervals is set to a safe value or higher between two consecutive pulses. FIG. 19E is a signal waveform diagram of the detected current according to some typical embodiments. With reference to FIG. 19E, within the detection phase, the detection pulse generation module 2540 generates pulses to perform mounting detection at intervals to conduct the detection path or power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. Each of the intervals is set between two consecutive pulses at a preset time interval TIV (where "s" indicates seconds) that is greater than a particular safe value, such as 1 second, and the pulse width of each pulse. For more information on how the is set, see other related embodiments described elsewhere herein. Since the detection path or power loop is conducting, the detection current Iin of the detection path or power loop whose value can be obtained by measuring the input current of the LED straight tube lamp to the power supply module is determined by each of the pulse signals. Whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly / properly attached to the lamp socket by measuring the value of the current pulse Idp including the current pulse Idp generated corresponding to the generated timing. Judge whether or not.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2540 is configured to generate pulse groups for performing mounting detection at intervals to prevent the detection current from causing an electric shock to the human body in contact. Each of the intervals is set above the safe value between two consecutive pulse groups. FIG. 19F is a signal waveform diagram of the detected current according to some typical embodiments. Referring to FIG. 19F, within the detection stage, the detection pulse generation module 2540 generates a pulse or pulse signal during the first detection period Tw to conduct the detection path / power loop. To form the first pulse group DPg1, a detection current Iin on the detection path or power loop is generated, including a plurality of current pulses Idp each generated corresponding to the time each of the pulse signals is generated. .. The detection pulse generation module 2540 stops the pulse output for the preset time interval TIV (for example, 1 second) after the detection period Tw ends, and transmits the pulse again after entering the next detection period Tw. ..

The operation during the second and third detection periods Tw is similar to the operation during the first detection period Tw, so the detection current Iin generated during the second and third detection periods is the second pulse, respectively. Group DPg2 and a third pulse group are formed, and the detection determination circuit 3130 determines whether or not the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket by detecting the current values of the pulse groups DPg1, DPg2 and DPg3. To do.

It should be noted that, in practice, the magnitude of the current in the current pulse Idp is related to or depends on the impedance (eg, resistance) on the detection path or power loop. Therefore, when designing the detection pulse generation module 2540, the format of the output detection pulse may be designed according to the options adopted and the configuration of the detection path or power loop.

FIG. 16F is a circuit block diagram of a mounting detection module according to another embodiment. Since the mounting detection module of FIG. 16F is generally similar to that of the embodiment of FIG. 10A, it includes a switch circuit 2580, a detection pulse generation module 2540, a detection result latch circuit 2560, and a detection determination circuit 2570. The main difference is that the mounting detection module of FIG. 16F further comprises an emergency control module 2590 configured to determine if the external drive signal is a DC signal provided by the auxiliary power supply module, as a result. The detection result latch circuit 2560 determines the determination result in order to avoid the malfunction or the erroneous determination of the mounting detection module when the LED straight tube lamp is used in the environment or the opportunity where the auxiliary power is input to the LED straight tube lamp. The control of the switch circuit 2580 can be adjusted accordingly. The structure and operation of the (one or more) circuits and (one or more) modules of FIG. 16F is similar to the structure and operation of the corresponding (one or more) circuits and (one or more) modules of FIG. 10A. Or, since it corresponds, it will not be explained again here.

Specifically, the emergency control module 2590 is connected to the detection result latch circuit 2560 via the path 2591 and is configured to determine whether the external drive signal received by the LED straight tube lamp is a DC signal. Will be done. When the emergency control module 2590 determines that the external drive signal is a DC signal, the emergency control module 2590 outputs a first state signal indicating an emergency state to the detection result latch circuit 2560, or the external drive signal is a DC signal. If the emergency control module 2590 determines that this is not the case, the emergency control module 2590 outputs a second state signal indicating a non-emergency state to the detection result latch circuit 2560. When the detection result latch circuit 2560 receives the first state signal, the detection result latch circuit 2560 then conducts or turns on the switch circuit 2580, regardless of the output of the detection pulse generation module 2540 and the output of the detection determination circuit 2570. It can be said that the state is in the emergency lighting mode. On the other hand, when the detection result latch circuit 2560 receives the second state signal, the detection result latch circuit 2560 operates according to a normal mechanism and controls the continuity and interruption of the switch circuit 2580 based on the pulse signal and the detection result signal. To do.

Next, the detailed operation mechanism of the mounting detection module including the emergency control module 2590 will be further described with reference to FIG. 25B. FIG. 25B is a flowchart of a step of a control method of a mounting detection module using the emergency control module 2590 according to a typical embodiment. Referring to both FIGS. 16F and 25B, when the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp receives an external drive signal, the emergency control module 2590 detects a voltage on the power line (step S201) and then on the power line. It operates to determine whether the detected voltage remains above the first voltage level over the first period (step S202), the first period may be, for example, 75 ms, and the first voltage level is 110 V or 120 V. It may be any level within the range of 100V to 140V, such as. For example, in one embodiment of step S202, the emergency control module 2590 determines if the detected voltage on the power line remains above 110V or 120V for more than 75ms.

If the determination by the emergency control module 2590 in step S202 is affirmative, the result means that the received external drive signal is a DC signal, the mounting detection module 2520 enters emergency mode, and the detection result latch circuit 2560 For example, the switch circuit 2580 is instructed to operate in the first configuration state which is a conduction state (step S203). On the other hand, if the determination by the emergency control module 2590 in step S202 is negative, the result means that the received external drive signal is an AC signal rather than a DC signal, and the mounting detection module 2520 is in detection mode. Enter, and the detection result latch circuit 2560 outputs a pulse or a pulse signal to the switch circuit 2580 to determine the mounting state of the LED straight tube lamp. For a detailed description of the operation of the mounting detection module 2520 including the emergency control module 2590 under the mounting detection mode, see the description of the embodiment of FIG. 25A presented above.

On the other hand, in the emergency mode, in addition to keeping the switch circuit 2580 operating in the first configuration, the emergency control module 2590 has a second increase in bus voltage (ie, voltage on the power line of the power supply module). Further determining whether the voltage level is exceeded (step S204). If the emergency control module 2590 determines that the bus voltage has not risen above the second voltage level, the determination indicates that the LED straight tube lamp remains in emergency mode, and the switch circuit 2580 is the first configuration. Continues to work in. When the emergency control module 2590 determines that the bus voltage has risen from the first voltage level to more than the second voltage level, the determination is that the external drive signal received by the power supply module changes from a DC signal to an AC signal. (For example, the AC power line has been restored), and the emergency control module 2590 controls the mounting detection module 2520 to enter the detection mode. Thus, the second voltage level can be any voltage level that is higher than the first voltage level but less than 277V. For example, if the first voltage level is 110V, the second voltage level can be 120V. In other words, according to some embodiments of step S204, the emergency control module 2590 determines if the bus voltage has a rising edge greater than 120V and enters detection mode if the determination result is positive. ..

In some embodiments, the timing for generating the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 can be determined by sampling the external drive signal / AC supply signal and the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 is fixed. Designed to be. For example, the detection pulse generation module includes a sampling circuit and a pulse generation circuit. The sampling circuit outputs a pulse generation signal to the pulse generation circuit when the AC voltage of the external drive signal rises or falls and exceeds the reference voltage, and as a result, the pulse generation circuit receives a pulse when receiving the pulse generation signal. Output a signal. In some embodiments, the pulse width of the pulse signal generated by the detection pulse generation module is 1 μs to 1 ms, and when the LED straight tube lamp momentarily conducts, the switch circuit is put into a conductive state for a short time. Used for. In one typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal is 10 μs to 1 ms. In one typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal is 10 μs to 30 μs. In another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 is in the wider range of 200 μs to 400 μs. In another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 is within ± 15% of 20 μs, 35 μs, or 45 μs. In another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1 / DP2 is within ± 15% of 300 μs. In another typical embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal is 20 μs.

As mentioned in the above example, in some embodiments, the LED straight tube lamp has two pulse signals, namely the first pulse signal DP1 output in the first hour and the second after the first hour. To receive the pulse generation circuit configured to output the second pulse signal DP2 output in time, and the above two pulse signals that receive the LED drive signal and control the on / off of the switch. A mounting detection circuit having a configured switch is provided. The mounting detection circuit may be configured to detect whether the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket during each of the two pulse signals during the detection mode DTM. The switch may remain off after detection mode DTM if it is not detected during either of the two pulse signals that the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket. The switch may remain on after detection mode DTM if it is detected that the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket during at least one of the two pulse signals. The two pulse signals are generated so that they are separated by a time different from a multiple of the half cycle of the LED drive signal, and at least one pulse signal is not generated when the LED drive signal has a substantially zero current value. You may let me. It should be noted that although circuits for generating two pulse signals have been described, the present disclosure is not limited to such circuits. For example, the circuit is such that multiple pulse signals are generated, at least two of which are generated at intervals different from a multiple of a half cycle of the LED drive signal, and at least one of the multiple pulse signals. It may be implemented so that it does not occur when the LED drive signal has a current value of substantially zero.

A mounting detection module according to a typical embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 11A. The mounting detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 2740, a detection result latch circuit 2760, a switch circuit 2780, and a detection determination circuit 2770.

FIG. 19B is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to a typical embodiment. The mounting detection operation is further described with reference to FIG. 19B. The detection pulse generation module 2740 is configured to be connected (eg, electrically connected) to the detection result latch circuit 2760 via the path 2741 to generate a control signal Sc having at least one pulse signal DP. The path herein may include a conductive wire connecting two components, circuits, or modules, or may include both ends of a conductive wire connected to each component, circuit, or module. The detection result latch circuit 2760 is connected (for example, electrically connected) to the switch circuit 2780 via the path 2761, and is configured to receive and output the control signal Sc from the detection pulse generation module 2740. The switch circuit 2780 is connected (for example, electrically connected) to one end of the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp (for example, the first mounting detection terminal 2521) and the detection determination circuit 2770, and the control output from the detection result latch circuit 2760. It is configured to receive the signal Sc, and is configured to conduct the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp by conducting (or turning on) while receiving the control signal Sc. .. The detection determination circuit 2770 is connected (for example, electrically connected) to the switch circuit 2780, the other end of the power loop of the LED straight tube (for example, the second mounting detection terminal 2522), and the detection result latch circuit 2760, and is connected to the switch circuit 2780. When the power loop is in the conductive state, it is configured to determine the mounting state of the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp socket by detecting at least one sample signal Ssp on the power loop. The power loop of this embodiment can be regarded as a detection path of the mounting detection module. Further, the detection determination circuit 2770 is configured to transmit (one or more) detection results to the detection result latch circuit 2760 for the following control. In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2740 is further coupled (eg, electrically connected) to the output of the detection result latch circuit 2760 to control the time of the pulse signal DP (one or more).

In some embodiments, one end of the first pass 2781 is connected to the first node of the detection determination circuit 2770 and the other end of the first pass 2781 is connected to the first node of the switch circuit 2780. In some embodiments, the second node of the detection determination circuit 2770 is connected to the second mounting detection terminal 2522 of the power loop and the second node of the switch circuit 2780 is connected to the first mounting detection terminal 2521 of the power loop. Will be done. In some embodiments, one end of the second pass 2771 is connected to the third node of the detection determination circuit 2770 and the other end of the second pass 2771 is connected to the first node of the detection result latch circuit 2760. One end of the 3-pass 2741 is connected to the second node of the detection result latch circuit 2760, and the other end of the third pass 2741 is connected to the first node of the detection pulse generation circuit 2740. In some embodiments, one end of the fourth pass 2761 is connected to the third node of the switch circuit 2780 and the other end of the fourth pass 2761 is connected to the third node of the detection result latch circuit 2760. In some embodiments, the fourth pass 2761 is also connected to the second node of the detection pulse generation circuit 2740.

In some embodiments, the detection determination circuit 2770 is configured to detect a signal between the first mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 via the first pass 2781 and the switch circuit 2780. ing. For example, according to the above configuration, the detection determination circuit 2770 detects and determines whether the current flowing through the first attachment detection terminal 2521 and the second attachment detection terminal 2522 is smaller or larger than a predetermined current value, and performs the second pass 2771. The detection result signal Sdr can be transmitted or provided to the detection result latch circuit 2760 via the detection result signal Sdr.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation circuit 2740, also commonly referred to as the pulse generation circuit, keeps the switch circuit 2780 conductive during the pulse signal period by generating a pulse signal DP via the detection result latch circuit 2760. Keep it as it is. For example, the pulse signal DP generated by the detection pulse generation circuit 2740 is controlled to turn on the switch circuit 2780 connected to the detection pulse generation circuit 2740. As a result of maintaining the conductive state of the switch circuit 2780, the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp between the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 is also maintained in the conductive state. The detection determination circuit 2770 detects the sample signal Ssp on the power loop, generates a signal based on the detection result, and the timing at which the detection result latch circuit 2760 latches (holds) the detection result received from the detection determination circuit 2770. Is transmitted to the detection result latch circuit 2760. For example, the detection determination circuit 2770 maintains a latch circuit such as the detection result latch circuit 2760 in a state corresponding to either a conduction state (for example, an “on” state) or a cutoff state for the LED straight tube lamp. It may be a circuit configured to generate a signal. The detection result latch circuit 2760 holds the detection result according to the detection result signal Sdr (or the detection result signal Sdr and the pulse signal DP1 / DP2), and is connected to the third node of the detection result latch circuit 2760 via the fourth pass 2761. The detection result is transmitted or provided to the switch circuit 2780. The switch circuit 2780 receives the detection result transmitted from the detection result latch circuit via the third node of the switch circuit 2780, and controls the continuity or cutoff state between the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522 according to the detection result. For example, if the detection determination circuit 2770 detects during the pulse signal DP that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly attached to the lamp socket, the pulse signal DP is used to open the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. If the switch circuit 2780 is controlled to remain off and the detection determination circuit 2770 detects during the pulse signal DP that the LED straight tube lamp is properly attached to the lamp socket, then the pulse signal DP In order to keep the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp in the conductive state, the switch circuit 2780 is controlled so as to remain in the conductive state.

The detailed circuit configuration and overall operation of the detection pulse generation module 2740 (or circuit), the detection result latch circuit 2760, the switch circuit 2780, and the detection determination circuit 2770 will be described below.

A detection pulse generation module according to a typical embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 11B. The detection pulse generation module 2740 includes a resistor 2742 (which may be referred to as a sixth resistor), a capacitor 2743 (which may be referred to as a fourth capacitor), a Schmitt trigger 2744, and a resistor 2745 (which may be referred to as a seventh resistor). A transistor 2746 (which may be called a second transistor) and a resistor 2747 (which may be called an eighth resistor) are provided.

In some embodiments, one end of resistor 2742 is connected to a drive signal, eg, VCS, and the other end of resistor 2742 is connected to one end of capacitor 2743. The other end of the capacitor 2743 is connected to the ground node. In some embodiments, the Schmitt trigger 2744 has an input end and an output end, the input end is connected to a connection node between a resistor 2742 and a capacitor 2743, and the output end is detected via a third pass 2741. The result is connected to the latch circuit 2760 (FIG. 11A). In some embodiments, one end of the resistor 2745 is connected to the connection node between the resistor 2742 and the capacitor 2743, and the other end of the resistor 2745 is connected to the collector of the transistor 2746. The emitter of transistor 2746 is connected to the ground node. In some embodiments, one end of the resistor 2747 is connected to the base of the transistor 2746 and the other end of the resistor 2747 is detected via a fourth pass 2761 in the detection result latch circuit 2760 (FIG. 11A) and switch circuit 2780 (FIG. 11A). Connected to. In certain embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2740 further comprises a Zener diode 2748 with an anode and cathode, the anode being connected to the other end of a capacitor 2743 leading to ground, and the cathode being the end of the capacitor 2743 (resistor). It is connected to the connection node of 2742 and the capacitor 2743). The detection pulse generation modules 2640 and 2740 in the embodiments of FIGS. 10B and 11B are merely examples, and in practice, the particular operation of the detection pulse generation circuit is based on the configured functional module in the embodiment of FIG. Therefore, it will be described in detail below with reference to FIG.

A detection result latch circuit according to a typical embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 11D. The detection result latch circuit 2760 has a data input end D, a clock input end CLK, and an output end Q, the data input end D is connected to the above drive signal (for example, VCS), and the clock input end CLK is a detection determination circuit. It has a D flip-flop 2762 (which may be called a second D flip-flop) connected to 2770 (FIG. 11A), a first input end, a second input end, and an output end, and the first input end is a Schmidt trigger. It is connected to the output end of 2744 (FIG. 11B), the second input end is connected to the output end Q of the D flip-flop 2762, and the output end of the OR gate 2763 is the other end of the resistor 2747 (FIG. 11B) and the switch circuit 2780 ( It is provided with an OR gate 2763 (which may be referred to as a third OR gate) connected to FIG. 11A).

A switch circuit according to a typical embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 11E. The switch circuit 2780 has a base, a collector, and an emitter, the base is connected to the output of the OR gate 2763 via the fourth pass 2761 (FIG. 11D), and the collector is the power of the first mounting detection terminal 2521 and the like. The emitter is provided with a transistor 2782 (which may be referred to as a third transistor) connected to one end of the loop and connected to a detection determination circuit 2770 (FIG. 11A). In some embodiments, the transistor 2782 may be replaced with other equivalent electronic components such as MOSFETs.

A detection determination circuit according to a typical embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 11C. The detection determination circuit 2770 has a resistor 2774 (called a ninth resistor) having one end connected to the emitter of the transistor 2782 (FIG. 11E) and the other end connected to the other end of a power loop such as the second mounting detection terminal 2522. A diode 2775 (which may be called a second diode) having an anode and a cathode, the anode being connected to one end not connected to the grounding node of the resistor 2744, and a first input end, a second input. A comparator 2772 (which may be called a second comparator) having an end and an output end, and a comparator 2737 (which may be called a third comparator) which has a first input end, a second input end, and an output end. It includes a diode 2776 (which may be referred to as a tenth resistor), a resistor 2777 (which may be referred to as an eleventh resistor), and a capacitor 2778 (which may be referred to as a fifth capacitor).

In some embodiments, the first input end of the comparator 2772 is connected to a specified signal, eg, a reference voltage Vref = 1.3V, but the reference voltage value is not limited to this and is the second of the comparator 2772. The input end is connected to the cathode of the diode 2775 and the output end of the comparator 2772 is connected to the clock input end of the D flip flop 2762 (FIG. 11D). In some embodiments, the first input end of the comparator 2773 is connected to the cathode of the diode 2775 and the second input end of the comparator 2773 is connected to another specified signal, eg, a reference voltage Vref = 0.3V. However, the reference voltage value is not limited to this, and the output end of the comparator 2773 is connected to the clock input end of the D flip flop 2762 (FIG. 11D). In some embodiments, one end of resistor 2776 is connected to the drive signal (eg, VCS) described above, the other end of resistor 2776 is connected to the second input end of comparator 2772, and one end of resistor 2777 is connected to a ground node. Instead, the other end of the resistor 2777 is connected to the ground node. In some embodiments, the capacitor 2778 is connected in parallel to the resistor 2777. In certain embodiments, the diode 2775, comparator 2773, resistors 2776, 2777, and capacitor 2778 may be omitted, and if diode 2775 is omitted, the second input end of comparator 2772 will be at the end of resistor 2774 (eg, for example. , The end of the resistor 2774 that is not connected to the grounding node). In certain embodiments, the resistor 2774 may include two resistors connected in parallel, taking into account power consumption corresponding to resistance values in the range of about 0.1 ohm to about 5 ohm.

In some embodiments, some parts of the mounting detection module may be integrated into an integrated circuit (IC) in order to reduce circuit layout space and thereby reduce circuit manufacturing costs. For example, the Schmitt trigger 2744 of the detection pulse generation module 2740, the detection result latch circuit 2760, and the two comparators 2772 and 2737 of the detection determination circuit 2770 may be incorporated into the IC, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.

The operation of the mounting detection module will be described in more detail according to some typical embodiments. In one typical embodiment, the capacitor voltage does not change, the voltage of the capacitor in the power loop before the power loop of the LED straight tube becomes conductive, and the transient response of the capacitor has a short circuit state. When the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket, the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp may have a smaller current limiting resistance and a larger peak current in the transient response. When the LED straight tube lamp is not properly mounted in the lamp socket, the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp may have a larger current limiting resistance and a smaller peak current in the transient response. In the present embodiment, the UL standard may be satisfied so that the leakage current of the LED straight tube lamp is less than 5 MIU (Measurement Indication Unit), and the unit "MIU" is defined by. The table below shows that when the LED straight tube lamp is working properly (for example, when the two end caps of the LED straight tube lamp are properly attached to the lamp socket), the LED straight tube lamp is in the lamp socket. It shows a comparison of currents when not properly mounted (eg, when one end cap of an LED straight tube lamp is mounted on a lamp socket, but the other end cap is in contact with the human body).

In the denominator portion shown in the above table, Rfuse represents the resistance of the fuse of the LED straight tube lamp. For example, it is possible to use a 10 ohms resistance of Rfuse in calculating minimum transients _{i Pk_min,} can be used 510 ohms resistance of _{R fuse} in calculating the maximum transient current _{i Pk_max} (Additional 500 ohms are used to emulate the conductive resistance of the human body in transient response), but the disclosure is not limited to that resistance value. In the molecular part, the maximum voltage from the root mean square voltage (Vmax = Vrms * 1.414 = 305 * 1.414) is used to calculate the maximum transient current ipk_max and the minimum voltage difference, eg 50V (but the present disclosure). Is not limited to that value), but is used to calculate the minimum transient current i _{pk_min} . Therefore, when the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket (eg, the two end caps of the LED straight tube lamp are correctly mounted in the lamp socket) and operate normally, the minimum transient current is 5A. However, when the LED straight tube lamp is not properly attached to the lamp socket (for example, when one end cap is attached to the lamp socket but the other is in contact with the human body), the maximum transient current is only 845mA. Absent. Therefore, in a particular example of the disclosed embodiment, the mounting state of the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp socket is determined by using the current flowing through the capacitor in the LED power supply loop such as the capacitor of the filter circuit through the transient response. Detect and judge. For example, in such an embodiment, it may be detected whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly attached to the lamp socket. Certain examples of the disclosed embodiments further provide a mechanism for protecting the user from electric shock when touching a conductive portion of an LED straight tube lamp that is not properly mounted in the lamp socket. Although certain aspects of the disclosed invention have been described using the above embodiments, the present disclosure is not limited to these embodiments.

Further, referring again to FIG. 11A, in some embodiments, when attempting to attach an LED straight tube lamp to a lamp socket after a period of time (eg, a period used to determine the period of a pulse signal). The detection pulse generation module 2740 outputs the first high level voltage rising from the first low level voltage to the detection result latch circuit 2760 through the path 2741 (also referred to as the third pass). Detection result After receiving the first high level voltage, the latch circuit 2760 simultaneously outputs the second high level voltage to the switch circuit 2780 and the detection pulse generation module 2740 through the path 2761 (also referred to as the fourth pass). In some embodiments, when the switch circuit 2780 receives a second high level voltage, the switch circuit 2780 also conducts the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. In an exemplary embodiment, the power loop comprises at least a first mounting detection terminal 2521, a switch circuit 2780, a path 2781 (also referred to as a fifth pass), a detection determination circuit 2770, and a second mounting detection terminal 2522. Including. On the other hand, the detection pulse generation module 2740 receives the second high level voltage from the detection result latch circuit 2760, and after a certain period (for example, the period used to determine the width (or period) of the pulse signal), the first one. The output from the high level voltage drops to the first low level voltage (the first time of the first low level voltage, the first high level voltage, and the second time of the first low level voltage form the first pulse signal DP1. ). In some embodiments, when the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is in a conductive state, the detection determination circuit 2770 detects a first sample signal such as a voltage signal on the power loop. When the first sample signal is greater than or equal to a specified signal such as a reference voltage, the mounting detection module states that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly mounted in the lamp socket according to the application principles of the disclosed embodiments described above. judge. Therefore, the detection determination circuit 2770 included in the mounting detection module outputs a third high level voltage (also referred to as a first high level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760 through the path 2771 (also referred to as the second pass). Detection result The latch circuit 2760 receives the third high level voltage (also referred to as the first high level signal) and continues to output the second high level voltage (also referred to as the second high level signal) to the switch circuit 2780. The switch circuit 2780 receives the second high level voltage (also referred to as the second high level signal) and keeps the power loop in the conductive state by keeping the conductive state. The detection pulse generation module 2740 does not generate any pulse signal while the power loop remains conductive.

However, in some embodiments, when the first sample signal is less than the specified signal, according to certain typical embodiments described above, the mounting detection module will allow the LED straight tube lamp to correctly mount the LED straight tube lamp to the lamp socket. Judge that it is not done. Therefore, the detection determination circuit 2770 outputs the third low level voltage (also referred to as the first low level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760. Detection result The latch circuit 2760 receives the third low level voltage (also referred to as the first low level signal) and continues to output the second low level (also referred to as the second low level signal) to the switch circuit 2780. The switch circuit 2780 receives a second low level voltage (also referred to as a second low level signal) and keeps the power loop open by keeping it blocked. Therefore, it is possible to sufficiently avoid electric shock caused by touching the conductive portion of the LED straight tube lamp that is not correctly attached to the lamp socket.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2740 remains open for a period of time (the width (or period) of the pulse signal DP or the period representing the pulse-on period of the control signal Sc) of the LED straight tube lamp. Re-outputs the first high level voltage, which has risen from the first low level voltage, to the detection result latch circuit 2760 through the path 2741. The detection result The latch circuit 2760 receives the first high level voltage and then outputs the second high level voltage to the switch circuit 2780 and the detection pulse generation module 2740 at the same time. In some embodiments, when the switch circuit 2780 receives a second high level voltage, the switch circuit 2780 conducts again and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp also becomes conductive (in a typical embodiment). The power loop comprises at least a first mounting detection terminal 2521, a switch circuit 2780, a path 2781, a detection determination circuit 2770, and a second mounting detection terminal 2522). On the other hand, the detection pulse generation module 2740 receives the second high level voltage from the detection result latch circuit 2760, and after a certain period (for example, a period used to determine the width (or period) of the pulse signal DP), the second high level voltage is obtained. The output from the 1 high level voltage drops to the 1st low level voltage (3rd time of the 1st low level voltage, 2nd time of the 1st high level voltage, and 4th time of the 1st low level voltage 2nd time. The pulse signal DP2 is formed). In some embodiments, when the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp becomes conductive again, the detection determination circuit 2770 also detects the second sample signal SP2, such as a voltage signal on the power loop, again. When the second sample signal SP2 is equal to or greater than the specified signal (eg, reference voltage Vref), according to certain typical embodiments described above, the mounting detection module allows the LED straight tube lamp to correctly fit into the lamp socket. Judge that it is installed. Therefore, the detection determination circuit 2770 outputs the third high level voltage (also referred to as the first high level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760 through the path 2771. Detection result The latch circuit 2760 receives the third high level voltage (also referred to as the first high level signal) and continues to output the second high level voltage (also referred to as the second high level signal) to the switch circuit 2780. The switch circuit 2780 receives the second high level voltage (also referred to as the second high level signal) and keeps the power loop in the conductive state by keeping the conductive state. The detection pulse generation module 2740 does not generate any pulse signal while the power loop remains conductive.

In some embodiments, when the second sample signal SP2 is less than the specified signal, according to certain typical embodiments described above, the mounting detection module has the LED straight tube lamp correctly mounted in the lamp socket. Judge that there is no. Therefore, the detection determination circuit 2770 outputs the third low level voltage (also referred to as the first low level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760. Detection result The latch circuit 2760 receives the third low level voltage (also referred to as the first low level signal) and continues to output the second low level voltage (also referred to as the second low level signal) to the switch circuit 2780. The switch circuit 2780 receives a second low level voltage (also referred to as a second low level signal) and keeps the power loop open by keeping it blocked. According to the above disclosure, the pulse width (ie, pulse-on time) and pulse period are dominated by the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generation module 2740 during the detection mode DTM, and the signal level of the control signal is the detection mode DTM. Is determined according to the detection result signal Sdr provided by the detection determination circuit 2770.

According to the embodiment of FIG. 19B, the signal levels of the first sample signal SP1 generated based on the first pulse signal DP1 and the second sample signal SP2 generated based on the second pulse signal DP2 are from the reference voltage Vref. Also small, the switch circuit 2780 remains disconnected and the drive circuit (not shown) does not perform effective power conversion between timings ts-td (ie, detection mode DTM). Effective power conversion refers to generating sufficient power to drive an LED module to emit light. The detection determination circuit 2770 indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed or not touched by the user according to the third sample signal SP3 which is larger than the reference voltage Vref during the pulse-on period of the third pulse signal DP3. It produces a detection result, so that the switch circuit 2780 remains conductive in response to the high level voltage output by the detection result latch circuit 2760, and thus the power loop is also kept conductive. After the power loop is conducted, the drive circuit of the power supply module starts operation so as to generate a lighting control signal Slc for controlling the continuity state of the power switch (not shown) based on the voltage on the power loop. To do.

Next, referring to FIGS. 11B to 11C at the same time, in some embodiments, when the LED straight tube lamp is to be attached to the lamp socket, the capacitor 2743 is charged by the drive signal VCS, for example Vcc, through the resistor 2742. Will be done. Then, when the voltage of the capacitor 2743 rises to a level sufficient to activate the Schmitt trigger 2744, the Schmitt trigger 2744 sets the OR gate 2763 to the first high level voltage raised from the first low level voltage in the initial state. Output to the input end of. After the OR gate 2763 receives the first high level voltage from the Schmitt trigger 2744, the OR gate 2763 outputs the second high level voltage to the base and resistor 2747 of the transistor 2782. When the base of the transistor 2782 receives the second high level voltage from the OR gate 2763, the collector and the emitter of the transistor 2782 become conductive, and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp (typically in this embodiment, the power loop). Also includes at least the first mounting detection terminal 2521, the transistor 2782, the resistor 2744, and the second mounting detection terminal 2522) in the same manner. On the other hand, when the base of the transistor 2746 receives the second high level voltage from the OR gate 2763 through the resistor 2747, the collector and the emitter of the transistor 2746 become conductive and grounded, and the voltage of the capacitor 2743 is discharged through the resistor 2745. Ground. In some embodiments, the Schmitt trigger 2744 outputs a first low level voltage that is reduced from the first high level voltage when the voltage of the capacitor 2743 is not at a level sufficient to activate the Schmitt trigger 2744. (The first instance of the first low level voltage in the first hour, followed by the first high level voltage, followed by the second instance of the first low level voltage in the second time forms the first pulse signal DP1). When the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is in a conductive state, a current passing through a capacitor of the power loop such as a capacitor of a filter circuit flows through a transistor 2782 and a resistor 2774 due to a transient response to form a voltage signal of the resistor 2774. The voltage signal is compared to the reference voltage by the comparator 2772. The reference voltage is, for example, 1.3 V, but is not limited thereto. When the voltage signal is equal to or higher than the reference voltage, the comparator 2772 outputs the third high level voltage to the clock input terminal CLK of the D flip-flop 2762. On the other hand, since the data input end D of the D flip-flop 2762 is connected to the drive signal VCS, the D flip-flop 2762 outputs a high level voltage (from the output end Q) to the other input end of the OR gate 2763. As a result, the OR gate 2763 continues to output the second high level voltage to the base of the transistor 2787, and as a result, the transistor 2782 and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp remain in a conductive state. In addition, as the OR gate 2763 continues to output the second high level voltage, the transistor 2746 is conducted and grounded, so that the capacitor 2743 cannot reach a voltage sufficient to activate the Schmitt trigger 2744. ..

However, when the voltage signal of the resistor 2774 is less than the reference voltage, the comparator 2772 outputs a third high level voltage to the clock input end CLK of the D flip-flop 2762. On the other hand, since the initial output of the D flip-flop 2762 is a low level voltage (for example, zero voltage), the D flip-flop 2762 outputs a low level voltage (from the output end Q) to the other input end of the OR gate 2763. In addition, the Schmitt trigger 2744 connected by the input end of the OR gate 2763 also regains the output of the first low level voltage, thus the OR gate 2763 continues to output the second low level voltage to the base of the transistor 2782. As a result, the transistor 2782 remains blocked (or off) and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp remains open. Further, as the OR gate 2763 continues to output the second low level voltage, the transistor 2764 remains in the blocked (or off) state, so that the capacitor 2743 has a resistor 2742 for the next (pulse signal) detection. It is recharged by the drive signal VCS through.

In some embodiments, the period (or interval TIV) of the pulse signal is determined by the values of the resistor 2742 and the capacitor 2743. In some cases, the period of the pulse signal may include values in the range of about 3 ms to about 500 ms, or may range from about 20 ms to about 50 ms. In some cases, the period of the pulse signal may include values in the range of about 500 ms to about 2000 ms. In some embodiments, the width (or duration) of the pulse signal is determined by the values of the resistor 2745 and the capacitor 2745. In some cases, the width of the pulse signal may include values in the range of about 1 microsecond to about 100 microseconds, or may range from about 10 microseconds to about 20 microseconds. In the embodiments of FIGS. 11B and 11C, a description of the mechanism for generating the pulse signal (one or more) and the corresponding state of the applied detection current will be described in FIGS. 19D-22F, according to certain embodiments. It can be confirmed with reference to the description of the embodiment, and is therefore not presented here again.

The Zener diode 2748 provides protection, but may be omitted in some cases. In some cases, in consideration of power consumption, the resistor 2744 may include two resistors connected in parallel, the equivalent of which may include values in the range of about 0.1 ohm to about 5 ohm. Since the resistors 2776 and 2777 provide a voltage dividing function, the input of the comparator 2773 becomes larger than the reference voltage. The value of the reference voltage is, for example, 0.3V, but is not limited to this. Capacitor 2778 provides tuning and filtering functions. The diode 2775 limits the transmission of the signal in one direction. Further, the mounting detection module disclosed in a typical embodiment may be adapted to other types of LED luminaires with dual-ended power supplies, such as LED lamps that directly use commercial power as an external drive signal. .. However, the present invention is not limited to the above exemplary embodiments.

Based on the embodiments shown in FIGS. 11A to 11C, the mounting detection module shown in FIG. 11A determines the end of the pulse or detects the control signal as compared with the mounting detection module of FIG. 10A. The control signal output by the detection result latch circuit 2760 is used as a reference for resetting the pulse signal by feeding back to the 2740. Since the pulse-on time is not determined only by the detection pulse generation module 2740, the circuit design of the detection pulse generation module can be simplified. Compared to the detection pulse generation module shown in FIG. 10B, the number of components of the detection pulse generation module shown in FIG. 11B is less than the detection pulse generation module 2640, and therefore the detection pulse generation module 2740 is lower. It can have power consumption and can be more suitable for integrated design.

With reference to FIG. 12A, a block diagram of the mounting detection module according to a typical embodiment is shown. The mounting detection module 2520 includes a pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840, an integrated control module 2860, a switch circuit 2880, and a detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870. The operation of the mounting detection module of this embodiment is similar to that of the embodiments of FIGS. 11A-11C, so that the signal waveform of this embodiment can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 19B. The integrated control module 2860 includes at least three pins such as two input terminals IN1 and IN2 and an output terminal OT. The pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 is connected to the input terminal IN1 and the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 2860, and is configured to support the integrated control module 2860 for the generation of control signals. The detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 is connected to the input terminal IN2 and the switch circuit 2880 of the integrated control module 2860, and when the switch circuit 2880 and the LED power loop are conducting, the sample signal related to the signal passing through the LED power loop is transmitted. It is configured to transmit to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 2860, so that the integrated control module 2860 can determine the mounting state between the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp socket according to the sample signal. For example, the sample signal can be based on an electrical signal that passes through a power loop during the pulse-on period of the pulse signal (eg, the rising portion of the pulse signal). The switch circuit 2880 is connected between one end of the LED power loop and the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 and is configured to receive the control signal output by the integrated control module 2860, and the LED power loop is a valid control signal. It is conducting during the period (ie, the pulse-on period).

Specifically, in the detection mode DTM, the integrated control module 2860 temporarily conducts the switch circuit 2880 according to the signal received from the input terminal IN1 by outputting a control signal having at least one pulse. During the detection mode DTM, the integrated control module 2860 can detect whether the LED straight tube lamp is properly connected to the lamp socket and latch the detection result according to the signal on the input terminal IN2. The detection result is considered to be the basis for conducting the switch circuit 2880 after the detection mode DTM (ie, determining whether to power the LED module). Hereinafter, the detailed circuit configuration and operation of this embodiment will be described.

With reference to FIG. 12B, an internal schematic of the integrated control module according to some typical embodiments is shown. The integrated control module includes a pulse generation unit 2862, a detection result latch unit 2863, and a detection unit 2864. The pulse generation unit 2862 receives a signal provided by the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 from the input terminal IN1, and generates a pulse signal in response to the signal. The generated pulse signal is provided to the detection result latch unit 2863. In one typical embodiment, the pulse generation unit 2862 can be implemented by a Schmitt trigger (not shown, a Schmitt trigger such as 2744 shown in FIG. 11B can be used). According to the typical embodiment described above, the Schmitt trigger has an input end connected to the input terminal IN1 of the integrated control module 2860 and an output terminal OT of the integrated control module 2860 (eg, through the detection result latch unit 2863). It has an output terminal connected to. It should be noted that the pulse generation unit 2862 is not limited to being implemented by a Schmitt trigger, but can perform any analog / digital function capable of generating a pulse signal having at least one pulse. The circuit can be utilized in some disclosed embodiments.

The detection result latch unit 2863 is connected to the pulse generation unit 2862 and the detection unit 2864. During the detection mode DTM, the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs the pulse signal generated by the pulse generation unit 2862 to the output terminal OT as a control signal. On the other hand, the detection result latch unit 2863 further stores the detection result signal Sdr provided from the detection unit 2864, outputs the stored detection result signal Sdr to the output terminal OT after the detection mode DTM, and outputs the stored detection result signal Sdr to the LED straight tube lamp. It is determined whether or not to conduct the switch circuit 2880 according to the mounting state of the switch circuit 2880. In one typical embodiment, the detection latch unit 2863 can be implemented by a circuit structure composed of a D flip-flop and an OR gate (not shown, eg, the D flip-flop 2762 and an OR gate shown in FIG. 11D). 2763 can be used). According to the typical embodiment described above, the D flip-flop has a data input end connected to the drive voltage VCS, a clock input end connected to the detection unit 2864, and an output end. The OR gate has a first input end connected to the pulse generation unit 2862, a second input end connected to the output end of the D flip-flop, and an output end connected to the output terminal OT. The detection result latch unit 2863 is not limited to being implemented by the above-mentioned circuit structure, and can be any analog / digital capable of performing a function of latching and outputting a control signal for controlling switching of the switch circuit. The circuit can be used in the present invention.

The detection unit 2864 is connected to the detection result latch unit 2863. The detection unit 2864 receives a signal provided by the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 from the input terminal IN2, generates a detection result signal Sdr indicating the mounting state of the LED straight tube lamp in response to the signal, and generates a detection. The result signal Sdr is provided to the detection result latch unit 2863. In one typical embodiment, the detection unit 2864 can be implemented by a comparator (not shown, for example, the comparator 2772 shown in FIG. 11C). According to the typical embodiment described above, the comparator has a first input end for receiving the set signal, a second input end connected to the input terminal IN2, and an output end connected to the detection result latch unit 2863. Has. It should be noted that the detection unit 2864 is not limited to being mounted by a comparator and can perform any analog / digital function that can determine the mounting state based on the signal on the input terminal IN2. The circuit can be utilized in some disclosed embodiments.

With reference to FIG. 12C, a schematic of a pulse generation auxiliary circuit according to some typical embodiments is shown. The pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 includes resistors 2842, 2844, and 2846, a capacitor 2843, and a transistor 2845. The resistor 2842 has an end connected to a drive voltage (eg, VCS). The capacitor 2843 has an end connected to the other end of the resistor 2842 and an other end connected to the ground. One end of resistor 2844 is connected to the connection node of resistor 2842 and capacitor 2843. Transistor 2845 has a base, a collector connected to the other end of the resistor 2844, and an emitter connected to ground. The resistor 2846 has an end connected to the base of the transistor 2845 and the other end connected to the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 2860 and the control terminal of the switch circuit 2880 via the path 2841. The pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 further comprises a Zener diode 2847. The Zener diode 2847 has an anode connected to the other end of the capacitor 2843 and ground, and a cathode connected to the end connecting the capacitor 2843 and the resistor 2842.

With reference to FIG. 12D, a circuit diagram of a detection determination auxiliary circuit according to some typical embodiments is shown. The detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 includes resistors 2872, 2873, and 2874, a capacitor 2875, and a diode 2876. The resistor 2872 has an end connected to the switch circuit 2880 and the other end connected to the other end of the LED power loop (eg, the second mounting detection terminal 2522). The resistor 2873 has an end connected to a drive voltage (eg, VCS). The resistor 2874 has an other end of the resistor 2873 via a path 2871, an end connected to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 2860, and another end connected to the ground. The capacitor 2875 is connected in parallel to the resistor 2874. The diode 2876 has an anode connected to the end of the resistors 2872 and a cathode connected to the connecting nodes of the resistors 2873 and 2874. In one typical embodiment, resistors 2873 and 2874, capacitors 2875, and diodes 2876 can be omitted. If the diode 2876 is omitted, one end of the resistor 2872 is directly connected to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 2860 via the path 2871. In another typical embodiment, the resistors 2872 can be implemented by two parallel resistors based on power considerations, with the equivalent resistance of each resistor being 0.1 ohms to 5 ohms.

With reference to FIG. 12E, a schematic of the switch circuit according to some typical embodiments is shown. The switch circuit 2880 includes a transistor 2882. The transistor 2882 includes a base connected to the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 2860 via the path 2861, a collector connected to one end of the LED power loop (for example, the first mounting detection terminal 2521), and a detection determination auxiliary circuit. Has an emitter and is connected to. In some embodiments, the transistor 2882 may be replaced with other equivalent electronic components such as MOSFETs.

It should be noted that the mounting detection module of this embodiment uses the same mounting detection principle as that of the above embodiment. For example, even if the capacitor voltage does not change, the voltage of the capacitor in the power loop before the power loop of the LED straight tube becomes conductive, and the transient response of the capacitor seems to have a short-circuit state. Well, when the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket, the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp may have a smaller current limiting resistance and a larger peak current in the transient response, and the LED straight tube lamp When not properly mounted in the lamp socket, the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp may have a larger current limiting resistance and a smaller peak current in the transient response. In the present embodiment, the leakage current of the LED straight tube lamp may be less than 5 MIU by satisfying the UL standard. For example, in this embodiment, it is possible to determine whether or not the LED straight tube lamp is correctly / properly connected to the lamp socket by detecting the transient response of the peak current. Therefore, the detailed operation of the transient current under the correct and incorrect mounting conditions can be confirmed by reference to the above embodiments and will not be repeated here. The following disclosure focuses on a description of the overall circuit operation of the mounting detection module shown in FIGS. 12A-12E.

Seeing FIG. 12A again, when the LED straight tube lamp is mounted in the lamp socket, if power is provided to at least one end cap of the LED straight tube lamp, the drive voltage will be the module in the mounting detection module 2520 / Can be provided to the circuit. The pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 starts charging according to the drive voltage. The output voltage of the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 (hereinafter referred to as "first output voltage") is a forward threshold from the first low level voltage after a certain period (for example, a period used to determine the period of the pulse signal). The voltage level rises above the voltage and the first output voltage can be output to the input terminals of the integrated control module 2860 via the path 2841. After receiving the first output voltage from the input terminal IN1, the integrated control module 2860 outputs an enabled control signal (eg, high level voltage) to the switch circuit 2880 and the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840. When the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabled control signal, the switch circuit 2880 is turned on and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is similarly conducted. Here, at least the first mounting detection terminal 2521, the switch circuit 2880, the path 2881, the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870, and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 are included in the power loop. On the other hand, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 conducts a discharge path to discharge in response to an enabled control signal. The first output voltage drops from a voltage higher than the forward threshold voltage to a first low level voltage. If the first output voltage is lower than the reverse threshold voltage (which can be defined based on the circuit design), the integrated control module 2860 disables the enabled control signal in response to the first output voltage. (Ie, the integrated control module 2860 outputs the disabled control signal and the disabled control signal is, for example, a low level voltage), so the control signal has a pulsed signal waveform. (That is, the first low level voltage, the first high level voltage, and the first low level voltage in the second time form the first pulse signal DP1). When the power loop is conducting, the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 detects a first sample signal (for example, a voltage signal) on the power loop and sends the first sample signal to the integrated control module 2860 via the input terminal IN2. provide. Integrated control when the integrated control module 2860 determines that the first sample signal is greater than or equal to a set signal (eg, reference voltage) that can indicate that the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket. Module 2860 outputs and holds the enabled control signal to the switch circuit 2880. To receive the enabled control signal, the switch circuit 2880 remains conductive, so that the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is also kept conductive. The integrated control module 2860 no longer outputs pulses while the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabled control signal.

Conversely, if the integrated control module 2860 determines that the first sample signal is less than the set signal, which can indicate that the LED straight tube lamp is not yet properly mounted in the lamp socket, the integrated control module 2860 Outputs and holds the disabled control signal to the switch circuit 2880. As a result of receiving the disabled control signal, the switch circuit 2880 remains non-conducting, and as a result, the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is also kept non-conducting.

Since the discharge path of the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 is cut off, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 starts charging again. Therefore, after the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp remains non-conducting for a period of time (ie, pulse-on time), the first output voltage of the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 is from the first low level voltage to the forward threshold. It rises again to a voltage level greater than the voltage, and the first output voltage may be output to the input terminals of the integrated control module 2860 via path 2841. After receiving the first output voltage from the input terminal IN1, the integrated control module 2860 raises the control signal from the disabled level to the enabled level (that is, the integrated control module 2860 outputs the enabled control signal), and the switch circuit. It provides a control signal enabled for the 2880 and the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840. When the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabled control signal, the switch circuit 2880 is turned on and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is similarly conducted. Here, at least the first mounting detection terminal 2521, the switch circuit 2880, the path 2881, the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870, and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 are included in the power loop. Meanwhile, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 conducts a discharge path to discharge again in response to an enabled control signal. The first output voltage gradually decreases again from a voltage higher than the forward threshold voltage to the first low level voltage. If the first output voltage is lower than the reverse threshold voltage (which can be defined based on the circuit design), the integrated control module 2860 disables the enabled control signal in response to the first output voltage. (Ie, the integrated control module 2860 outputs the disabled control signal and the disabled control signal is, for example, a low level voltage), so the control signal has a pulsed signal waveform. (That is, the first low level voltage in the third hour, the high level voltage in the second hour, and the first low level voltage in the fourth hour form the second pulse signal DP2). When the power loop is conducted again, the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 detects a second sample signal (for example, a voltage signal) on the power loop and sends the second sample signal to the integrated control module 2860 via the input terminal IN2. provide. Integrated control when the integrated control module 2860 determines that the second sample signal is greater than or equal to a set signal (eg, reference voltage) that can indicate that the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket. Module 2860 outputs and holds the enabled control signal to the switch circuit 2880. To receive the enabled control signal, the switch circuit 2880 remains conductive, and as a result, the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is also kept conductive. The integrated control module 2860 no longer outputs pulses while the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabled control signal.

If the integrated control module 2860 determines that the second sample signal is less than the set signal, which can indicate that the LED straight tube lamp is not yet properly mounted in the lamp socket, the integrated control module 2860 The disabled control signal is output to and held in the switch circuit 2880. To receive the disabled control signal, the switch circuit 2880 remains non-conducting, so that the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is also kept non-conducting. Based on the above operation, if the LED straight tube lamp is not properly attached to the lamp socket, it is possible to prevent the problem that the user may get an electric shock by touching the conductive portion of the LED straight tube lamp.

The operation of the circuit / module in the mounting detection module will be further described below. With reference to FIGS. 12B-12E, when the LED straight tube lamp is attached to the lamp socket, the capacitor 2843 is charged by the drive voltage VCS via the resistor 2842. When the voltage of capacitor 2843 rises to trigger pulse generation unit 2862 (ie, the voltage of capacitor 2843 rises above the forward threshold voltage), the output of pulse generation unit 2862 is from the initial first low level voltage. It changes to the first high level voltage and provides the detection result to the latch unit 2863. Detection result The latch unit 2863 receives the first high level voltage output by the pulse generation unit 2862, and then outputs the second high level voltage to the base and the resistor 2846 of the transistor 2882 via the output terminal OT. Detection Result After the second high level voltage output from the latch unit 2863 is received by the base of the transistor 2882, the collector and the emitter of the transistor conduct to conduct the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. Here, at least the first mounting detection terminal 2521, the transistor 2882, the resistor 2872, and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 are included in the power loop.

On the other hand, the base of the transistor 2845 receives the second high level voltage on the output terminal OT via the resistor 2846. The collector and emitter of transistor 2845 are conductive and connected to ground, so that the capacitor 2843 discharges to ground via resistor 2844. If the pulse generation unit 2862 cannot be triggered as a result of insufficient voltage in the capacitor 2843, the output of the pulse generation unit 2862 is reduced from the first high level voltage to the first low level voltage (ie, first. The first low level voltage, the first high level voltage, and the first low level voltage of the second time form the first pulse signal DP1). When the power loop is conducting, the current generated by the transient response through the capacitor in the LED power loop (eg, the filter capacitor in the filter circuit) flows through the transistor 2882 and the resistor 2872 and over the resistor 2872. Build a voltage signal for. The voltage signal is provided to the input terminal IN2, so that the detection unit 2864 can compare the voltage signal on the input terminal IN2 (ie, the voltage of the resistor 2872) with the reference voltage.

When the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage, the detection unit outputs a third high level voltage to the detection result latch unit 2863. Conversely, when the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is less than the reference voltage, the detection unit 2864 outputs a third low level voltage to the detection result latch unit 2863.

The detection result latch unit 2863 latches / stores the third high level voltage / third low level voltage provided by the detection unit 2864, and is based on the latch / stored signal and the signal provided by the pulse generation unit 2862. A logical operation is executed, and as a result, the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs a control signal. Here, the result of the logical operation determines whether the signal level of the output control signal is the second high level voltage or the second low level voltage.

More specifically, when the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal of the resistor is equal to or higher than the reference voltage, the detection result latch unit 2863 can latch the third high level voltage output by the detection unit 2864. The second high level voltage is maintained to be output to the base of the transistor 2882, so that the power loops of the transistor 2882 and the LED straight tube lamp remain conductive. Detection Result Since the latch unit 2863 can continuously output the second high level voltage, the transistor 2845 also conducts to ground, so that the voltage of the capacitor 2843 rises sufficiently to trigger the pulse generation unit 2862. I can't. If the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is less than the reference voltage, then both the detection unit 2864 and the pulse generation unit 2862 provide a low level voltage, so the detection result latch unit 2863 is OR logical. After executing the calculation, the second low level voltage is continuously output to the base of the transistor 2882. Therefore, the transistor 2882 is maintained so as to be cut off, and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is maintained in a non-conducting state. However, since the control signal on the output terminal OT is maintained at the second low level voltage, the transistor 2845 is also maintained in the cutoff state, and the capacitor 2843 is charged again by the drive voltage VCS via the resistor 2842. (Pulse) detection is repeated.

It should be noted that in the detection mode DTM described in this embodiment, the drive voltage VCS is provided to the mounting detection module 2520, but the detection unit 2864 has a voltage signal on the resistor 2872 above the reference voltage. It can be defined as a period that has not yet been determined to be. During the detection mode DTM, the control signal output by the detection result latch unit 2863 alternately conducts and cuts off the transistors 2845, so that the discharge path is correspondingly periodically conducted and cut off. Therefore, the capacitor 2843 is periodically charged and discharged according to the conduction state of the transistor 2845, and as a result, the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs a control signal having a periodic pulse waveform during the detection mode DTM. The detection mode DTM ends when the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage or the drive voltage VCS is stopped. The detection result latch unit 2863 is maintained to output a control signal having a second high level voltage or a second low level voltage after the detection mode DTM.

In one embodiment, as compared to the typical embodiment shown in FIG. 11A, the integrated control module 2860 is a portion of the circuit components within the detection pulse generation module 2740, the detection result latch circuit 2760, and the detection determination circuit 2770. Is constructed by integrating (eg, as part of an integrated circuit). Another portion of the circuit component that is not integrated into the integrated control module 2860 constitutes the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 and the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12A. In some embodiments, the functional / circuit configuration of the combination of the pulse generation unit 2862 and the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 in the integrated control module 2860 may be comparable to the detection pulse generation module 2740. The function / circuit configuration of the detection result latch unit 2863 in the integrated control module 2860 may be equivalent to the detection result latch module 2760. The function / circuit configuration of the combination of the detection unit 2864 and the detection determination auxiliary circuit 2870 in the integrated control module 2860 can be the same as that of the detection determination circuit 2770. In these embodiments, the pulse generation unit 2862, the detection result latch unit 2863, and the circuit elements contained in the detection unit 2864 are included in an integrated circuit (eg, formed on a die or chip).

With reference to FIG. 13A, an internal circuit block diagram of a three-terminal switch device according to a typical embodiment is shown. The mounting detection module according to one embodiment is, for example, a three-terminal switch device 2920 including a power supply terminal VP1, a first switching terminal SP1, and a second switching terminal SP2. The power supply terminal VP1 of the three-terminal switch device 2920 is adapted to receive the drive voltage VCS. The first switching terminal SP1 is adapted to connect one of the first mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 (the first switching terminal SP1 is connected to the first mounting detection terminal 2521 in FIG. 13A). However, the present invention is not limited to this aspect), the second switching terminal SP2 is adapted to be connected to the other of the first mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 (the present invention is not limited to this aspect). The second switching terminal SP2 is shown in FIG. 13A as being connected to the second mounting terminal 2522, but the present invention is not limited to this embodiment).

The three-terminal switch device 2920 includes a signal processing unit 2930, a signal generation unit 2940, a signal acquisition unit 2950, and a switch unit 2960. In addition, the three-terminal switch device 2920 further includes an internal power detection unit 2970. The signal processing unit 2930 outputs a control signal having a pulse or multi-pulse waveform during the detection mode DTM according to the signals provided by the signal generation unit 2940 and the signal acquisition unit 2950. The signal processing unit 2930 outputs a control signal after the detection mode DTM so as to control the conduction state of the switch unit 2960 and determine whether to conduct the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp, and the signal of the control signal. The level remains at the high level voltage or low voltage level. The pulse signal generated by the signal generation unit 2940 can be generated based on a reference signal received from the outside, or can be generated independently, and the present invention is not limited to this aspect. The term "external" as described in this paragraph is for the signal generation unit 2940, that is, the reference signal is not generated by the signal generation unit 2940. Thus, whether the reference signal is generated by any of the other circuits in the three-terminal switch device 2920 or by an external circuit of the three-terminal switch device 2920, the embodiment is as described in this paragraph. It belongs to the range of "reference signal received from the outside". The signal acquisition unit 2950 samples an electric signal passing through the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp to generate a sample signal, detects the mounting state of the LED straight tube lamp according to the sample signal, and indicates a detection result. The result signal Sdr is transmitted to the signal processing unit 2930 for processing.

In one typical embodiment, the three-terminal switch device 2920 can be implemented by an integrated circuit. For example, the three-terminal switch device 2920 can be a three-terminal switch control chip, which is an LED straight tube lamp of any type having two end caps that receive power to provide a function to prevent electric shock. It can be used in. It should be noted that the three-terminal switch device 2920 is not limited to including only three pins / connection terminals. For example, a multi-pin switch device (having four or more pins) having at least three pins having the same configuration and functionality as the embodiment shown in FIG. 13A, even if the pins are described in detail herein. Additional pins for other purposes may be provided, even if they are not. It should be noted that the various "units" described herein are circuits in some embodiments and are described as circuits.

In one typical embodiment, the signal processing unit 2930, the signal generation unit 2940, the signal acquisition unit 2950, the switch unit 2960, and the internal power detection unit 2970 can be implemented in the circuit configurations shown in FIGS. 13B to 13F, respectively. However, the present invention is not limited to this aspect. Detailed exemplary operation of each unit in the three-terminal control chip will be described below.

With reference to FIG. 13B, a block diagram of a signal processing unit according to a typical embodiment is shown. The signal processing unit 2930, which is a circuit in one embodiment, includes a driver 2932, an OR gate 2933, and a D flip-flop 2934. The driver 2932 has an input end and an output end connected to the switch unit 2960 via the path 2931, and the driver 2932 provides a control signal to the switch unit 2960 via the output end and the path 2931. The OR gate 2933 has a first input end connected to the signal generation unit 2940 via the path 2941, a second input end, and an output end connected to the input end of the driver 2932. The D flip-flop 2934 is connected to a data input terminal (D) that receives the drive voltage VCS, a clock input end (CK) that is connected to the signal acquisition unit 2950 via the path 2951, and a second input terminal of the OR gate 2933. Has output and.

With reference to FIG. 13C, a block diagram of a signal generation unit according to a typical embodiment is shown. The signal generation unit 2940 includes resistors 2942 and 2943, a capacitor 2944, a switch 2945, and a comparator 2946. One end of resistor 2942 receives the drive voltage VCS, and resistors 2942 and 2943 and the capacitor 2944 are connected in series between the drive voltage VCS and ground. The switch 2945 is connected in parallel to the capacitor 2944. The comparator 2946 has a first input end connected to the connection nodes of the resistors 2942 and 2943, a second input end that receives the reference voltage Vref, and an output end connected to the control terminal of the switch 2945.

With reference to FIG. 13D, a block diagram of a signal acquisition unit according to a typical embodiment is shown. The signal acquisition unit 2950 includes an OR gate and comparators 2953 and 2954. The OR gate 2952 has a first input end and a second input end, and an output end connected to the signal processing unit 2930 via the path 2951. The comparator 2953 has a first input end connected to one end of the switch unit 2960 (ie, a node on the power loop of an LED straight tube lamp) via a path 2962 and a first reference voltage (eg, 1.25V). Has a second input end to receive (but not limited to) and an output end connected to the first input end of the OR gate 2952. Comparator 2954 has a first input end connected to a second reference voltage (eg, 0.15 V, but not limited to that value) and a second input end connected to the first input end of the comparator 2953. , Has an output end connected to the second input end of the OR gate 2952.

With reference to FIG. 13E, a block diagram of a switch unit according to a typical embodiment is shown. The switch unit 2960 includes a transistor 2963. The transistor 2963 includes a gate connected to the signal processing unit 2930 via the path 2931, a drain connected to the first switch terminal SP1 via the path 2961, a second switch terminal SP2 via the path 2962, and a comparator 2953. Has a source connected to a first input end of the comparator and a second input end of the comparator 2954. In one embodiment, for example, transistor 2963 is an NMOS transistor.

With reference to FIG. 13F, a block diagram of an internal power detection unit according to a typical embodiment is shown. The internal power detection unit 2970 includes a clamp circuit 2972, a reference voltage generation circuit 2973, a voltage adjustment circuit 2974, and a Schmitt trigger 2975. The clamp circuit 2972 and the voltage adjustment circuit 2974 are respectively connected to the power supply terminal VP1 to receive the drive voltage so as to execute the voltage clamp operation and the voltage level adjustment operation, respectively. The reference voltage generation circuit 2973 is connected to the voltage adjustment circuit 2974 and is configured to generate a reference voltage for the voltage adjustment circuit 2974. The Schmitt trigger 2975 has an input end connected to the clamp circuit 2792 and the voltage adjustment circuit 2974, and an output end for outputting a power confirmation signal indicating whether or not the drive voltage VCS is normally supplied. When the drive voltage VCS is normally supplied, the Schmitt trigger 2975 outputs an enabled power confirmation signal so that the drive voltage VCS can be provided to the components / circuits in the three-terminal switch device 2920. Conversely, if the drive voltage VCS is abnormal, the Schmitt trigger 2975 is disabled so that the components / circuits in the three-terminal switch device 2920 are not damaged based on operation at the abnormal drive voltage VCS. Outputs a power confirmation signal.

With reference to FIGS. 13A to 13F, in the circuit operation of this embodiment, when the LED straight tube lamp is attached to the lamp socket, the drive terminal VCS is provided to the three-terminal switch device 2920 via the power supply terminal VP1. At that point, the drive voltage VCS charges the capacitor 2944 via resistors 2942 and 2943. When the capacitor voltage becomes higher than the reference voltage Vref, the comparator 2946 switches to output a high level voltage to the first input terminal of the OR gate 2933 and the control terminal of the switch 2945. The switch 2945 conducts in response to the high level voltage received, so that the capacitor begins to discharge to ground. The comparator 2946 outputs an output signal having a pulse-type waveform through the charge / discharge process.

During the period during which the comparator 2946 outputs a high level voltage, the OR gate 2952 correspondingly outputs a high level voltage that conducts the transistor 2963, so that current flows through the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. As the current passes through the power loop, a voltage signal corresponding to the current size can be established on path 2962. The comparator 2953 samples the voltage signal and compares the signal level of the voltage signal with the first reference voltage (eg, 1.25V).

If the signal level of the sampled voltage signal is greater than the first reference voltage, the comparator 2953 outputs a high level voltage. The OR gate 2952 generates another high level voltage at the clock input end of the D flip-flop 2934 in response to the high level voltage output by the comparator 2953. The D flip-flop 2934 continuously outputs a high level voltage based on the output of the OR gate 2952. The driver 2932 generates an enabled control signal to conduct the transistor 2963 in response to a high level voltage on the input terminal. At that point, the capacitor 2944 is discharged until it falls below the reference voltage Vref, so even if the output of the comparator 2946 is reduced to a low level voltage, the output of the D flip-flop 2934 is maintained at a high level voltage and thus the transistor. 2963 still remains conductive.

If the sampled voltage signal is less than the first reference voltage (eg, 1.25V), the comparator 2953 outputs a low level voltage. The OR gate 2952 generates another low level voltage in response to the low level voltage output by the comparator and provides the generated low level voltage to the clock input end of the D flip-flop 2934. The output end of the D flip-flop 2934 remains at a low level voltage based on the output of the OR gate 2952. At that point, when the capacitor 2944 discharges to a capacitor voltage below the reference voltage Vref, the output of the comparator 2946 is reduced to a low level voltage that represents the end of the pulse-on time (ie, the falling edge of the pulse). Since the two input ends of the OR gate 2952 are at a low level voltage, the output end of the OR gate 2952 also outputs a low level voltage, so the driver 2932 receives to break the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. It produces a control signal that is disabled to cut off the transistor 2963 in response to the low level voltage.

As described above, the operation of the signal processing unit 2930 of the present embodiment is similar to the operation of the detection result latch circuit 2760 shown in FIG. 11D, and the operation of the signal generation unit 2940 is the detection pulse generation module 2740 shown in FIG. 11B. The operation of the signal acquisition unit 2950 is similar to the operation of the detection determination circuit 2770 shown in FIG. 11C, and the operation of the switch unit 2960 is similar to the operation of the switch circuit 2780 shown in FIG. 11E. ..

With reference to FIG. 14A, a block diagram of the mounting detection module according to a typical embodiment is shown. The mounting detection module 2520 includes a detection pulse generation module 3040, a control circuit 3060, a detection determination circuit 3070, a switch circuit 3080, and a detection path circuit 3090 (which can be referred to as a fifth circuit 3090). The detection determination circuit 3070 is connected to the detection path circuit 3090 via the path 3081 in order to detect the signal on the detection path circuit 3090. The detection determination circuit 3070 is connected to the control circuit 3060 via the path 3071 in order to transmit the detection result signal Sdr to the control circuit 3060 via the path 3071. The detection pulse generation module 3040 is connected to the detection path circuit 3090 via the path 3041 to generate a pulse signal and convey to the detection path circuit 3090 when to conduct the detection path or perform attachment detection. The control circuit 3060 is connected to the switch circuit 3080 via the path 3061 so as to output a control signal according to the detection result signal Sdr and transmit the control signal to the switch circuit 3080. The switch circuit 3080 determines whether to conduct the current path (ie, part of the power loop) between the mounting detection terminals 2521 and 2522. The detection path circuit 3090 is connected to the power loop of the power supply module via the first detection connection terminal 3091 and the second detection connection terminal 3092.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 3040, the control circuit 3060, the detection determination circuit 3070, and the detection path circuit 3080 are configured to control the switching state of the switch circuit 3080, a detection circuit or an electric shock detection. / Can be a protection circuit.

In the present embodiment, the configuration of the detection pulse generation module 3040 can correspond to the configuration of the detection pulse generation module 2640 shown in FIG. 10B or the detection pulse generation module 2740 shown in FIG. 11B. Referring to FIG. 10B, when the detection pulse generation module 2640 is applied to implement the detection pulse generation module 3040, the path 3041 of this embodiment can correspond to the path 2541, that is, the OR gate OG1 passes the path 3041. It is connected to the detection path circuit 3090 via. Referring to FIG. 11B, when the detection pulse generation module 2740 is applied to implement the detection pulse generation module 3040, the path 3041 can correspond to the path 2741. In one embodiment, the detection pulse generation module is also connected to the output terminal of the control circuit 3060 via path 3061 so that path 3061 can correspond to path 2761.

The control circuit 3060 can be implemented by a control chip or any circuit capable of performing signal processing. When the control circuit 3060 determines that the straight tube lamp is properly installed according to the detection result signal Sdr (for example, the pins at both ends of the straight tube lamp are inserted into the lamp socket), the control circuit 3060 is a straight tube. The switch state of the switch circuit 3080 can be controlled so that external power can be successfully provided to the LED module when the lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket. In this case, the detection path is blocked by the control circuit 3060. Conversely, if the control circuit 3060 determines that the straight tube lamp is not properly mounted according to the detection result signal Sdr (for example, with the other end plugged in, the user plugs it into a pin at one end of the straight tube lamp. The control circuit 3060 keeps the switch circuit 3080 off because there is a risk of electric shock to the user.

In one typical embodiment, the control circuit 3060 and the switch circuit 3080 may be part of a drive circuit within the power supply module. For example, when the drive circuit is a switch-type DC-DC converter, the switch circuit 3080 can be the power switch of the converter, and the control circuit 3060 can be the controller of the power switch.

An example of the configuration of the detection determination circuit 3070 can be confirmed by referring to the configuration of the detection determination circuit 2670 shown in FIG. 10C or the configuration of the detection determination circuit 2770 shown in FIG. 11C. With reference to FIG. 10C, when the detection determination circuit 2670 is applied to mount the detection determination circuit 3070, the resistor 2672 can be omitted. The path 3081 of this embodiment can correspond to the path 2581, that is, the positive input terminal of the comparator 2671 is connected to the detection path circuit 3090. The path 3071 of the present embodiment can correspond to the path 2571, that is, the output terminal of the comparator 2671 is connected to the control circuit 3060. Referring to FIG. 11C, when the detection determination circuit 2770 is applied to mount the detection determination circuit 3070, the resistor 2774 can be omitted. Path 3081 of this embodiment can correspond to path 2781, i.e., the anode of the diode 2775 is connected to the detection path circuit 3090. The path 3071 of the present embodiment can correspond to the path 2771, that is, the output terminals of the comparators 2772 and 2773 are connected to the control circuit 3060.

The configuration of the switch circuit 3080 can correspond to the configuration of the switch circuit 2680 shown in FIG. 10E or the switch circuit 2780 shown in FIG. 11E. Since the switch circuits in both embodiments of FIGS. 10E and 11E are similar to each other, the switch circuit 2680 shown in FIG. 10E will be described as an example in the following description. Referring to FIG. 10E, when the switch circuit 2680 is applied to mount the switch circuit 3080, the path 3061 of this embodiment can correspond to the path 2561. The path 2581 is not connected to the detection determination circuit 2570, but is directly connected to the mounting detection terminal 2522.

The detection path circuit 3090 can be arranged on the input side or the output side of one of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, the drive circuit 1530, and the LED module 50, and the present invention is not limited to this embodiment. In addition, in practical applications, the detection path circuit 3290 can be implemented by any circuit structure capable of responding to impedance fluctuations caused by the human body. For example, the detection path circuit 3290 may be formed by at least one passive component (eg, resistor, capacitor, inductor), at least one active component (eg, MOSFET, silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)) or a combination of the above. ..

An exemplary configuration of the detection path circuit 3090 is shown in FIGS. 14B, 14C, or 14D. Referring to FIG. 14B, the detection path circuit 3090 includes transistors 3095 and resistors 3093 and 3094. Transistor 3095 has a base, a collector, and an emitter. The base of transistor 3095 is connected to the detection pulse generation module 3040 via path 3041. The resistor 3094 has a first end connected to the emitter of the transistor 3095 and has a second end acting as a second detection connection terminal 3092 connected to the ground terminal GND, thus the resistor 3094 of the transistor 3095. It is connected in series between the emitter and the ground terminal GND. The resistor 3093 has a first end that acts as a first detection connection terminal 3091 connected to the first mounting detection terminal 2521, and the mounting detection terminal 2521 is, for example, the second rectified output terminal 512 in the embodiment of FIG. 14B. (Or the ground terminal GND), therefore, the resistor 3093 is connected in series between the emitter of the transistor 3095 and the mounting detection terminal 2521 / second rectified output terminal 512. With respect to the configured position of the detection path, the detection path in the embodiment of FIG. 14B is actually arranged between the rectified output terminal and the ground terminal GND.

In this embodiment, the transistor 3095 is conducting during the pulse-on period of receiving the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generation module 3040. In a situation where at least one end of a straight tube lamp is inserted into a lamp socket, there is a detection path (resistor 3094, transistor 3095, and resistor) between the mounting detection terminal 2521 and the ground terminal GND in response to the conductive transistor 3095. Formed (via 3093), a voltage signal is established on node X in the detection path. When the user is not touching the straight tube lamp (but one end of the straight tube lamp is plugged into the lamp socket), or when both ends of the straight tube lamp are plugged into the lamp socket, the signal level of the voltage signal is Determined by the voltage dividers of resistors 3093 and 3094. When the user touches the straight tube lamp, the body impedance is equivalent to connecting between the resistors 3094 and the ground terminal GND, i.e., connected in series with the resistors 3093 and 3094. At this time, the signal level of the voltage signal is determined by the resistance 3093, the resistance 3094, and the voltage division of the body impedance, and the body impedance refers to the equivalent impedance of the human body.

The value of body impedance is usually 500 ohms to 2000 ohms, depending on the humidity of the skin. Therefore, by setting resistors 3093 and 3094 with reasonable resistance, the voltage signal on the node X can reflect or indicate the state of whether the user touches the straight tube lamp, and thus the detection determination circuit. The 3070 can generate the corresponding detection result signal Sdr according to the voltage signal on the node X. In addition to being temporarily turned on during detection mode, if the control circuit 3060 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket, the transistor 3095 remains cut off, resulting in a power supply. The module can normally power the LED module.

With reference to FIG. 14C, the detailed configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3090 in this embodiment is similar to that of the previous embodiment, the main difference being that the detection path circuit 3090 further adds a current limiting element 3096. It is a point to prepare. In some embodiments, the current limiting element 3096 is located between the rectified output terminal 511 and the input terminal of the filter circuit 520 (ie, the connection terminal between the capacitor 725 and the inductor 726), as shown in FIG. 14C. It can be a diode (hereinafter referred to as "diode 3096"). The filter circuit 520 includes a pi-type (π-type) filter as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this embodiment. By adding the diode 3096, the direction of the current on the power loop can be limited so as to prevent the charged capacitor 725 from back-discharging into the detection path while the transistor 3095 is on. .. Therefore, the accuracy of electric shock detection can be improved. It should be noted that the configuration of the diode 3096 is only one embodiment of the current limiting element. In another embodiment, the current limiting element can be implemented by an electronic element capable of limiting the current direction on the power loop, and the invention is not limited to this aspect.

With reference to FIG. 14D, the detailed configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3090 in this embodiment is similar to that of the above-described embodiment, and the main difference is that the detection path 3090 has the current limiting elements 3097 and 3098. It is a point to prepare further. In some embodiments, the current limiting element 3097 is a diode (hereinafter "diode 3097") located between the first rectifying input terminal (eg, the input terminal connected to pin 501) and the first end of the resistor 3093. The current limiting element 3098 is a diode (hereinafter, “diode 3098”) arranged between the second rectifying input terminal (for example, the input terminal connected to the pin 502) and the first end of the resistor 3093. ) Can be. Specifically, the diode 3097 has an anode connected to the first rectifying input terminal and a cathode connected to the first terminal of the resistor 3093. The diode 3098 has an anode connected to the second rectifying input terminal and a cathode connected to the first end of the resistor 3093. As shown in FIG. 14D, the external drive signal (or AC supply signal) received from pins 501 and 502 can be provided to the first end of resistor 3093 via diodes 3097 and 3098. During the positive half cycle of the external drive signal, the diode 3097 is turned on in response to the forward bias and the diode 3098 is turned off in response to the reverse bias, resulting in the detection path circuit 3090 being the first rectified input. It is equivalent to forming a detection path between the terminal and the rectified output terminal 512, and the rectified output terminal 512 can be regarded as the same as the filter output terminal 522. During the negative half cycle of the external drive signal, the diode 3097 is turned off in response to the reverse bias and the diode 3098 is turned on in response to the forward bias, resulting in the detection path circuit 3090 being the second rectified input. It is equivalent to forming a detection path between the terminal and the rectified output terminal 512.

The diodes 3097 and 3098 are configured to limit the direction of the AC supply signal so that the first terminal of resistor 3093 is in the positive half cycle or in the negative half cycle, regardless of whether it is in the positive half cycle. It is possible that the phase change of the AC supply signal, which receives the voltage of the AC supply signal (compared to the ground level) and can cause false detection results, does not affect the voltage of the node X. In addition, as compared to the above embodiments, instead of forming a detection path directly connected to the power loop of the power supply module, such as the detection path shown in FIGS. 14B-14C, the detection path circuit shown in FIG. 14D. The 3090 can be called a branch circuit extending from the power loop between the rectified input terminal and the rectified output terminal (or ground terminal), and forms a detection path substantially independent of the power loop. Since the detection path circuit 3090 is not directly connected to the power loop and is turned on only in the detection mode, the current for driving the LED module does not flow through the detection path circuit 3090, resulting in the detection path circuit. The 3090 does not have to withstand high currents and has high flexibility due to the choice of components. It is also possible to reduce the power consumption on the detection path circuit 3090. Compared to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 14B-14C, the detection path circuit 3090 is not directly connected to the filter circuit 520, so that the problem of reverse discharge from the filter capacitor can be addressed and the circuit design is better. It will be simple. Further, in an embodiment such as FIG. 16E, the signal on the power loop is not significantly affected regardless of whether the detection path is switched on or off.

FIG. 15A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to a typical embodiment. Referring to FIG. 15A, the mounting detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3140, a control circuit 3160, a detection determination circuit 3170, a switch circuit 3180, and a detection path circuit 3190. The connection relationship between the detection pulse generation module 3140, the control circuit 3160, the detection determination circuit 3170, and the switch circuit 3180 is similar to that of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14A, and therefore is not repeated here. The difference between this embodiment and the embodiment of FIG. 14A is the configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3190. Specifically, the detection path circuit 3190 has a first detection connection terminal 3191 connected to the low level terminal of the filter circuit 520 and a second detection connection terminal 3192 connected to the rectified output terminal 512. In this way, the detection path circuit 3190 can be regarded as connecting between the low-level terminal of the filter circuit 520 and the rectified output terminal 512. That is, the low-level terminal of the filter circuit 520 is connected to the rectified output terminal 512 via the detection path circuit 3190.

The configuration of the detection path circuit 3190 can be shown in FIGS. 15B or 15C, the drawing showing a schematic diagram of the mounting detection module according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 15B, the filter circuit 520 includes capacitors 725 and 727 and an inductor 726 configured as, for example, a pie filter. The inductor 726 has a first end connected to the rectified output terminal 511 and a second end connected to the filter output terminal 512, that is, the inductor 726 has a rectified output terminal 511 and a filter output terminal 521. It is connected in series between them. The capacitor 725 has a first end connected to the first end of the inductor 726 and a second end connected to the detection path circuit 3290. The capacitor 726 has a first end connected to the second end of the inductor 726 and a second end connected to the second end of the capacitor 725, and the second ends of the capacitors 725 and 727 are low-level terminals. Can be considered. The mounting detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3240, a control circuit 3260, a detection determination circuit 3270, a switch circuit 3280, and a detection path circuit 3290. The detection path circuit 3290 includes a resistor 3294 and a transistor 3295. The transistor 3295 has a gate electrode connected to the detection pulse generation module 3240, a source electrode connected to the first end of the resistor 3294, and a drain electrode connected to the second ends of the capacitors 725 and 727. The second end of the resistor 3294 can be considered as a second detection connection terminal (eg, 3192) and can be connected to the rectified output terminal 512 and the first mounting detection terminal 2521. The detection determination circuit 3270 is connected to the first end of the resistor 3294 to detect the magnitude of the current flowing through the detection path. In embodiments of the present disclosure, the detection path can be considered to be formed by capacitors 725 and 727, inductors 726, resistors 3294, and transistors 3295.

In some embodiments, when the transistor 3295 receives the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generation module 3240, i.e. when the LED straight tube lamp (or power supply module) is in detection mode, the transistor is during the pulse-on period. Turn on. With at least one end of the LED straight tube lamp properly attached to the lamp socket, the current path formed between the output rectifying terminals 511 and 512 via the detection path responds to the transistor 3295 being turned on. And thus conduct, thus generating a voltage signal on the first end of the resistor 3294. If no one is touching the conductive part of the LED straight tube lamp (or if the LED straight tube lamp is properly attached to the lamp socket), the voltage signal level is the equivalent impedance of the filter circuit 520 and resistor 3294. Determined by pressure. If someone is touching the conductive part of the LED straight tube lamp (or if the LED straight tube lamp is not properly attached to the lamp socket), the body impedance will be between the second detection connection terminal (eg 3192) and the ground terminal. Equivalent to a series connection between them. In some embodiments, if the control circuit 3260 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket, in addition to temporarily turning on the transistor 3295 during detection mode, the transistor 3295 In addition, it remains cut off, so that the power supply module can operate normally and power the LED module.

Referring to FIG. 15C, the mounting detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3340, a control circuit 3360, a detection determination circuit 3370, a switch circuit 3380, and a detection path circuit 3390. The configuration and operation of the mounting detection module of this embodiment are substantially the same as those of the embodiment shown in FIG. 15B, and the difference between the embodiment of FIG. 15B and the embodiment of FIG. 15C is the detection path circuit of FIG. 15C. The 3390 is arranged between the second end of the capacitor 725 and the rectified output terminal 512, and the second end of the capacitor 727 is directly connected to the second mounting detection terminal 2522 (or the second filter output terminal 522). It is a point.

Compared to the embodiment shown in FIG. 14A, the current size of the current flowing through the detection path circuit 3190 is much smaller than that of the detection path circuit 3090 because the passive component of the filter circuit 520 becomes part of the detection path. As a result, the transistors in the detection path circuit 3190 (eg, transistors 3295 or 3395) can be implemented with smaller size components to effectively reduce costs.

FIG. 16A is a block diagram of a mounting detection module according to a typical embodiment. With reference to FIG. 16A, the mounting detection modules include a detection pulse generation module 3440 (which can be called the first circuit 3440), a detection path circuit 3490 (which can be called the second circuit 3490), and a detection determination circuit 3470. (It can be called a third circuit 3470) and a bias adjusting circuit 3480 (which can be called a control circuit 3480 or a fourth circuit 3480). The detection pulse generation module 3440 is electrically connected to the detection path circuit 3490 via a path 3441 and is configured to generate a control signal (which may be referred to as a first signal) having at least one pulse. The detection path circuit 3490 is electrically connected to the power loop of the power supply module via the first detection connection terminal 3491 and the second detection connection terminal 3492, and is configured to turn on the detection path during the pulse-on period of the control signal. Will be done. The detection determination circuit 3470 is electrically connected to the detection path via the path 3481 and is configured to determine the mounting state between the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp socket according to the signal characteristics on the detection path. Therefore, a detection result signal corresponding to the determination result is generated and transmitted to the bias adjustment circuit 3480 via the path 3471. The bias adjustment circuit 3480 is electrically connected to the drive circuit 1530 via a path 3481 and is configured to influence or adjust the bias of the drive circuit to control the operating state of the drive circuit 1530. Will be done.

Based on the mode of operation of the mounting detection module, when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on, the detection pulse generation module 3440 is enabled in response to the additional power to generate a pulse and temporarily turn on the detection path circuit 3490. Or form a detection path formed by the detection path circuit 3490. By this operation, a pulse current that can be regarded as a detection current flowing through the detection path is observed at the input of the power supply module due to the continuity of the detection path, and the detection path circuit detects according to the pulse current or the detection current. A signal can be generated on the path.

While the detection path is on, the signal on the detection path sampled by the detection determination circuit 3470 can reflect whether the external impedance is electrically connected to the LED straight tube lamp. This is because the equivalent impedance of the detection path changes when the external impedance is included. During the period when the detection path is off or blocked, the signal on the detection path cannot be affected, whether or not it contains external impedance. Therefore, the signal of the detection path is used to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly attached to the lamp socket or whether the leakage current is generated by touching the conductive part of the LED straight tube lamp. Can be done.

The detection determination circuit 3470 generates a corresponding detection result signal according to the determination result and transmits it to the bias adjustment circuit 3480. When the bias adjustment circuit 3480 receives a detection result signal indicating that the LED socket is correctly attached to the lamp socket, the bias adjustment circuit 3480 does not adjust the bias voltage of the drive circuit 1530, so that the drive circuit 1530 In general, it can be successfully enabled by the received bias voltage and can perform power conversion to power the LED module. Conversely, when the bias adjustment circuit 3480 receives a detection result signal indicating that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly mounted in the lamp socket, the bias adjustment circuit 3480 receives the bias voltage provided to the drive circuit 1530. Adjust the drive circuit 1530 to a level where it is not possible to enable it, i.e. the drive circuit is disabled. The current through the power loop can be limited to less than a safe value (eg, 5 MIU) because the drive circuit 1530 is disabled.

The configuration and operation of the detection pulse generation module 3440, the detection determination circuit 3470, and the detection path circuit 3490 can be confirmed with reference to the description of the related embodiments of the present disclosure. The difference between the embodiment shown in FIG. 16A and other related embodiments is that the bias adjustment circuit 3480 can be configured to control the operation of the backend drive circuit 1530, resulting in an LED straight tube. The point is that the drive circuit 1530 can be disabled by adjusting the bias voltage if the lamps are not installed correctly or if there is a risk of electric shock. Under this configuration, switch circuits that are located on the power loop and therefore need to withstand high currents (eg, switch circuits 2580, 2680, 2780, 2880, 2960, 3080, or 3180) can be omitted. Therefore, the cost of the entire mounting detection module can be significantly reduced. On the other hand, since the leakage current is limited by controlling the bias voltage of the drive circuit 1530 through the bias adjustment circuit 3480, it is not necessary to change the circuit design of the drive circuit 1530, and commercialization becomes easier.

The detection path circuit 3490 can be arranged on the input side or the output side of one of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, the drive circuit 1530, and the LED module 50, and the present invention is not limited to this embodiment. In addition, in some embodiments, the detection path circuit 3290 can be implemented by any circuit structure capable of responding to impedance fluctuations caused by the human body. For example, the detection path circuit 3490 may be formed by at least one passive component (eg, resistor, capacitor, inductor), at least one active component (eg, MOSFET, silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)) or a combination of the above. ..

FIG. 16B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generation module according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 16B, the detection pulse generation module 3540 includes resistors 3541 and 3542, a capacitor 3543, and a pulse generation circuit 3544. The resistor 3541 has a first end and a second end, and the first end of the resistor 3541 is electrically connected to the rectifier circuit 510 via the rectifier output terminal 511. The resistor 3542 has a first end electrically connected to the second end of the resistor 3541 and a second end electrically connected to the rectifier circuit 510 via the rectifier output terminal 512. The capacitor 3543 is connected in parallel to the resistor 3542. The pulse generation circuit 3544 has an input terminal connected to the connection terminals of the resistors 3542 and 3543, and an output terminal connected to the detection path circuit 3490 and for outputting a control signal having a pulse DP.

In some embodiments, the resistors 3541 and 3542 form a voltage divider string configured to sample the bus voltage (ie, the voltage on the power line of the power supply module). The pulse generation circuit 3544 determines the timing for generating the pulse DP according to the bus voltage, and outputs the pulse DP as the control signal Sc based on the pulse width setting. For example, the pulse generation circuit 3544 can output a pulse DP after the bus voltage has risen or fallen above the zero voltage point over a period of time, resulting in performing mounting detection on the zero voltage point. The problem of misjudgment can be dealt with. The characteristics of the pulse waveform and pulse interval setting can be confirmed by reference to the description of the relevant embodiment and are therefore not repeated here.

FIG. 16C is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 16C, the detection path circuit 3590 includes a resistor 3591, a transistor 3592, and a diode 3595. The resistor 3591 has a first end connected to the rectified output terminal 511. The transistor 3592 is, for example, a MOSFET or BJT, and has a first terminal connected to the second end of the resistor 3591, a second terminal connected to the rectified output terminal 512, and a control terminal for receiving the control signal Sc. Have. The diode 3593 has an anode connected to the first end of the resistor 3591 and a rectified output terminal 511, and a cathode connected to the input terminal of the back-end filter circuit. Taking the pie filter as an example, the cathode of the diode 3593 can be considered to be electrically connected to the connection terminals of the capacitor 725 and the inductor 726.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 16C, the resistor 3591 and the transistor 3592 form a detection path that can be conducted when the transistor 3592 is turned on by the control signal Sc. During the period during which the detection path is conducting, the detection voltage Vdet changes due to the current flowing through the detection path, and the amount of change in the voltage is determined according to the equivalent impedance of the detection path. Taking the detection voltage Vdet sampled from the first end of the resistor 3591 as an example as shown in FIG. 16C, the detection voltage Vdet has no body impedance electrically connected during the period when the detection path is conducting. (For example, when the LED straight tube lamp is installed correctly), there is a body impedance that is almost equal to the bus voltage on the rectified output terminal 511 and is electrically connected between the rectified output terminal 511 and the ground terminal. In this case, the detected voltage Vdet changes to a voltage dividing resistance and body impedance. Therefore, the detection voltage Vdet can indicate whether the body impedance is electrically connected to the LED straight tube lamp.

FIG. 16D is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection determination circuit according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 16D, the detection determination circuit 3570 includes a sampling circuit 3571, a comparison circuit 3572, and a determination circuit 3573. According to the disclosed embodiment, the sampling circuit 3572 can sample the detection voltage Vdet according to the set timing and generate a plurality of sample signals Ssp_t1 to Ssp_tn corresponding to the detection voltage Vdet at different timings. ..

The comparison circuit 3572 is electrically connected to the sampling circuit 3571 and receives the sample signals Ssp_t1 to Ssp_tn. In some embodiments, some or all of the sample signals Ssp_t1 to Ssp_tn are selected and compared to each other by comparison circuit 3572 to produce a comparison result SCP. In some embodiments, the comparison circuit 357 compares the sample signals Ssp_t1 to Ssp_tn with the preset signals to generate a comparison result Scp.

In some embodiments, the comparison circuit 357 compares two sample signals at adjacent timings to generate a corresponding comparison result Scp, the signal waveform shown in FIG. 16E. With reference to FIGS. 16D and 16E, if the LED straight tube lamp is not properly mounted in the lamp socket, the level of the signal sampled inside the pulse-on period DPW (eg, sample signal Ssp_t1) will be the pulse-on period DPW. It is lower than the level of the externally sampled signal (eg, sample signal Ssp_t2). On the other hand, if the LED straight tube lamps are properly mounted in the lamp socket, the levels of the sample signals will be approximately equal to each other, regardless of whether the sample signals are sampled within or outside the pulse-on period DPW. As a result, when the levels of the sample signals Ssp_t1 and Ssp_t2 are similar or substantially the same, the comparison circuit 3572 has a first logic level indicating that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly attached to the lamp socket. If a Scp can be generated and the levels of the sample signals Ssp_t1 and Ssp_t2 have a difference that exceeds the preset value, the comparison circuit 357 2 indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly mounted in the lamp socket. The comparison result Scp having the above can be generated. After the comparison result SCP is generated, it is output to the determination circuit 3573.

The determination circuit 3573 receives the comparison result SCP and outputs the corresponding detection result signal Vctl. In some embodiments, the determination circuit 3573 receives a certain number of positive comparison result SCPs (continuously or discontinuously) and then outputs a detection result signal Vctl indicating that it is properly mounted. A positive comparison result SCP means that the comparison result Scp meets the correct mounting conditions, for example, the level of the sample signal is higher than the preset signal.

FIG. 16F is a schematic circuit diagram of a bias adjusting circuit according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 16F, the drive circuit 1630 takes the embodiment shown in FIG. 7F as an example, and as a result, the drive circuit 1630 includes a controller 1631 and a conversion including an inductor 1632, a diode 1633, a capacitor 1634, and a switch 1635. It has a circuit. The controller 1631 has a power input terminal for receiving a bias voltage and is configured to control the operation of the conversion circuit. The conversion circuit receives a signal from the filter circuit, executes power conversion under the control of the controller 1631, and converts the received signal into a lamp drive signal for driving the LED module to emit light. The detailed operation and structure of the drive circuit 1630 can be referred to in the relevant embodiments of the present disclosure.

The bias adjustment circuit 3580 includes a first terminal electrically connected to the connection terminal of the resistor Rbias and the capacitor Cbias and the power input terminal of the controller 1631, and a second terminal electrically connected to the second filter output terminal 522. The transistor 3581 is provided with a control terminal for receiving the detection result signal Vctl. In some embodiments, the resistor Rbias and the capacitor Cbias can be considered as an external bias circuit of the drive circuit 1630 configured to provide operating power to the controller 1631.

If the detection determination circuit 3570 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly attached to the LED straight tube lamp (body impedance is introduced), the detection determination circuit 3570 is an enabled detection result signal Vctl (or a th. The detection result signal of one state) is output to the transistor 3581 to turn on the transistor 3581, and the power input terminal of the controller 1631 is electrically connected to the ground terminal in order to pull the bias voltage to the ground level. In this state, the controller 1631 is invalid because the power input terminal is grounded. Notably, when the transistor 3581 is turned on, an additional leakage path may be formed through the transistor 3581, but the leakage current is to the human body due to the relatively low bias voltage applied to the controller 1631. Does no harm and meets safety requirements.

When the detection determination circuit 3570 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly attached to the lamp socket (body impedance is not introduced), the detection determination circuit 3570 is the disabled detection result signal Vctl (or second). The state detection result signal) is output to the transistor 3581, which shuts off in response to the disabled detection result signal. In this state, a bias voltage can be provided to the controller 1631, thus allowing the controller 1631 to control switch switching and thus generating a lamp drive signal to drive the LED module.

FIG. 16G is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generation module according to some embodiments. With reference to FIG. 16G, the detection pulse generation module 3640 includes resistors 3461 and 3642, a capacitor 3634, and a pulse generation circuit 3644. The configuration of the embodiment shown in FIG. 16G is similar to the configuration of the detection pulse generation module 3540, and the difference between the two embodiments is that the first end of the resistor 3641 is the first rectified input terminal via the diode 3693. It is electrically connected to (represented as pin 501) and to the second rectified input terminal (represented as pin 502) via a diode 3694. The configuration and operation of the diodes 3693 and 3694 can be referred to in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14D and will not be repeated here.

FIG. 16H is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 16H, the detection path circuit 3690 includes a resistor 3691, a transistor 3692, and diodes 3693 and 3694. The configuration of the embodiment shown in FIG. 16H is similar to the configuration of the detection path circuit 3590, the difference between the two embodiments being that the detection path circuit 3690 further comprises diodes 3693 and 3694 and the first resistor 3691. The ends are electrically connected to the first rectified input terminal (represented as pin 501) via the diode 3693 and to the second rectified input terminal (represented as pin 502) via the diode 3694. It is a point. In this way, the detection path can be formed between the rectified input terminal and the rectified output terminal, and the path can be said to be a branch circuit extending from the power loop, and is a current path substantially independent of the power loop. is there. The configuration and operation of the diodes 3693 and 3694 can be referred to in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14D and will not be repeated here.

It should be noted that the transistor 3095 is shown as, for example, BJT, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect. In some embodiments, the transistor 3095 may be implemented by a MOSFET. When a MOSFET is used as the transistor 3095, the gate of the transistor 3095 is connected to the detection pulse generation module 3040 via the path 3041. The resistor 3095 is connected in series between the source and ground of the transistor 3095. The resistor 3093 is connected in series between the drain of the transistor 3095 and the mounting detection terminal 2521.

In addition, the sample node X is selected from, for example, the first terminal of the transistor 3095, and when the transistor 3095 is a BJT, the first terminal is a collector terminal, and when the transistor 3095 is a MOSFET, the first terminal is a drain terminal. However, the present invention is not limited to this aspect. The sample node X can also be selected from the second terminal of the transistor 3095. In this case, when the transistor 3095 is a BJT, the second terminal is an emitter terminal, and when the transistor 3095 is a MOSFET, a second terminal is used. The terminal is a source terminal. As a result, the detection determination circuit 3070 can detect the signal characteristics of at least one of the first terminal and the second terminal of the transistor 3095.

As described above, in this embodiment, it is possible to determine whether or not the user has an opportunity to receive an electric shock by conducting the detection path and detecting the voltage signal on the detection path. Compared with the above-described embodiment, the detection path of the present embodiment is additionally constructed, but the power loop is not used as the detection path. In some embodiments, the additional detection path refers to at least one electronic element of the detection path circuit 3090 that is different from the electronic element included in the power loop. In some embodiments, the additional detection path refers to all of the electronic elements of the detection path circuit 3090 that are different from the electronic elements contained in the power loop.

The configuration of the components on the additional detection path is much simpler than the power loop, so the voltage signal on the detection path can more accurately reflect the user's contact state.

Further, as in the above embodiment, as shown in the embodiments of FIGS. 12A to 13F, a part or all of the circuit / module can be integrated as a chip, which is not repeated here.

It should be noted that the switch circuits 2580, 2680, 2780, 2880, 2960, and 3080 described above limit the current on the power loop to less than a predetermined value (eg, 5 MIU) when enabled. It is an embodiment of a current limiting module to be configured. One of ordinary skill in the art can understand how to implement a current limiting module by a circuit that operates like a switch according to the above embodiment. For example, current limiting modules include electronic switches (MOSFETs, BJTs, etc.), electromagnetic switches, relays, triode AC semiconductor switches (TRIACs), thyristors, variable impedance components (variable capacitors, variable resistors, variable inductors, etc.) and combinations of the above. Can be implemented by.

Further, according to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 11A-14B, those skilled in the art can not only design the mounting detection module shown in FIG. 11A as a distributed circuit applied to an LED straight tube lamp, but also a typical one. It should be understood that in embodiments (eg, embodiments shown in FIG. 12A), some components of the mounting detection module can be integrated into the integrated circuit. Alternatively, all circuit components of the mounting detection module may be integrated into an integrated circuit in another typical embodiment (eg, the embodiment shown in FIG. 13A). Therefore, the circuit cost and the size of the mounting detection module can be saved. In addition, by integrating / modularizing the mounting detection module, the mounting detection module can be more easily utilized in various types of LED straight tube lamps, resulting in design compatibility of LED straight tube lamps. Can be improved. Further, in the application form in which the integrated mounting detection module is used for the LED straight tube lamp, the circuit size in the straight tube lamp is reduced, so that the light emitting area of the LED straight tube lamp can be significantly improved. For example, integrated circuit design can reduce operating current (about 50% reduction) and improve the power efficiency of integrated components. As a result, the saved power can be used to supply the LED module for light emission, and as a result, the luminous efficiency of the LED straight tube lamp can be further improved.

In the embodiment of the mounting detection module shown in FIGS. 10A, 11A, 12A, 13A, 14A, 15A and 16A, the mounting detection module has detection pulse generation modules 2540, 2740, and 3040, and a pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840. , And a pulse generation mechanism such as a signal generation unit 2940 for generating a pulse signal, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect. In one typical embodiment, the mounting detection module can use the original clock signal in the power supply module to replace the function of the pulse generation mechanism in the above embodiment. For example, in order to generate a lighting control signal having a pulse waveform, a drive circuit (for example, a DC-DC converter) in the power supply module originally has a reference clock. The function of the pulse generation mechanism can be performed by using the reference clock of the lighting control signal as a reference, and as a result, the detection pulse generation modules 2540, 2740, 3040 / pulse generation auxiliary module 2840 / signal generation unit 2940. Hardware can be omitted. In this case, the mounting detection module can share the circuit configuration with another part of the circuit in the power supply module in order to realize the function of generating the pulse signal. In addition, the duty ratio of the pulse generation mechanism can be any value within the interval of real numbers greater than 0 and up to 1. A duty ratio equal to 0 means that the power loop is normally closed, and a duty ratio equal to 1 means that the power loop is normally open.

In some embodiments, when the duty ratio is set to less than 1, the detection operation of the mounting detection module temporarily conducts current through the power loop / detection path and the LED straight tube lamp without causing electric shock. It is performed by detecting the signal on the power loop / detection path to obtain the mounting state of. When the LED straight tube lamp is properly attached to the lamp socket (ie, when the pins of both end caps are properly connected to the connection socket), the drive current is conducted over the power loop to drive / light the LED module. The current limiting module is disabled to do this. In this configuration, the current limiting module is preconfigured to be enabled, resulting in a power loop before checking if there is a risk of electric shock (or if the LED straight tube lamp is properly installed). Can be maintained in a non-conducting state. When the LED straight tube lamp is installed correctly, the current limiting module switches to the disabled state. Taking the switch circuit as an example, the enabled state of the current limiting module means that the switch circuit is cut off, and the disabled state of the current limiting module means that the switch circuit is turned on. The configuration can be referred to as a pulse detection setting (duty ratio greater than 0 and less than 1). In the pulse detection setting, the mounting detection means is executed during the pulse-on period of each pulse after power-on, and the electric shock protection means loops the power loop until the correct mounting condition is detected or the risk of electric shock is eliminated. It is implemented by pausing the flowing current.

In some embodiments, when the duty ratio is set equal to 1, the detection operation of the mounting detection module is performed by continuously monitoring / sampling signals on the power loop / detection path. The sample signal can be used to determine the equivalent impedance of the power loop / detection path. If the equivalent impedance indicates that there is a risk of electric shock (ie, the user is touching the conductive portion of the LED straight tube lamp), the current limiting module is switched to the enabled state to break the power loop. In this configuration, the current limiting module is preconfigured to be disabled, resulting in power before checking if there is a risk of electric shock (or if the LED straight tube lamp is installed correctly). The loop can be maintained in a conductive / unrestricted state, in which case the LED straight tube lamp can be lit in a preset state. The current limiting module switches to the enabled state when the danger of electric shock is detected. The configuration can be said to be a continuous detection setting (duty ratio equal to 1). In the continuous detection setting, the mounting detection means is continuously executed after the power is turned on without considering whether or not the LED straight tube lamp is lit, and the electric shock protection means has a risk of incorrect mounting or electric shock. It is implemented by allowing current to flow through the power loop until it is detected. The detection of either an erroneous mounting condition or the risk of electric shock can be an abnormal condition.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 23, as long as one end of the LED straight tube lamp is connected to an external power source, there is a possibility of electric shock. Therefore, regardless of the installation or removal of the LED straight tube lamp, if the user touches the conductive portion of the straight tube lamp, the user is at risk of electric shock. To avoid the risk of electric shock, the mounting detection module operates based on the pulse detection setting or continuous detection setting, regardless of whether the LED straight tube lamp is lit, to detect the mounting state and the user contact state. Protect users from electric shock. Therefore, the safety of the LED straight tube lamp can be further improved.

In a continuous detection setting, the pulse generation mechanism can be referred to as a path activation mechanism that is configured to provide a conduction signal to turn on the power loop / detection path. In some embodiments, for the circuit structures of the detection pulse generation modules 2540, 2740 and 3040, the pulse generation auxiliary module 2840 and the signal generation unit 2940 can be modified corresponding to circuits that provide a fixed voltage. In addition, the switch circuits 2580, 2680, 2780, 2880, 2960, and 3080 are preset to be in the conductive state / on state and switched to the non-conducting state / cutoff state when the risk of electric shock is detected. (It can be implemented by modifying the logic gate of the detection result latch circuit). In some embodiments, the circuit for generating the pulse may be omitted by modifying the circuit structure of the detection determination circuit and the detection path circuit. For example, under the continuous detection setting, the detection pulse generation module 2540 in the mounting detection module of FIG. 10A and the detection pulse generation module 2740 in the mounting detection module of FIG. 11A can be omitted. In addition, according to the embodiment in which an additional detection path is arranged in the mounting detection module, the detection pulse generation module 3040 may be omitted if the continuous detection setting is applied and the detection path circuit 3090 is maintained in a conductive state. Yes (eg, transistor 3095 is omitted).

FIG. 17A is a block diagram of an exemplary power supply module in an LED straight tube lamp according to some typical embodiments. Referring to FIG. 17A, the LED straight tube lamp includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, and a drive circuit 2530. Compared to the embodiment of FIG. 8A, the LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment further comprises a detection circuit 2620. The connections between the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, the drive circuit 2530, and the LED module 50 are similar to the embodiments shown in FIG. 8A and are therefore not described in detail here. The detection circuit 2620 has an input terminal connected to the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp and an output terminal connected to the drive circuit 2530.

Specifically, after the LED straight tube lamp is turned on (regardless of whether the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket), the drive circuit 2530 enters the mounting detection mode. In mount detection mode, drive circuit 2530 provides a lighting control signal with a narrow pulse (eg, pulse-on period less than 1 ms) to drive a power switch (not shown), resulting in generation in mount detection mode. The drive current produced is less than 5 MIU or 5 mA. On the other hand, in the mounting detection mode, the detection circuit 2620 detects an electrical signal on the power loop / detection path, generates a mounting detection signal Sidem, and the mounting detection signal Sidem is transmitted to the drive circuit. The drive circuit 2530 determines whether or not to enter the normal drive mode according to the received mounting detection signal Sidem. To temporarily conduct the power loop / detection path if the drive circuit 2530 decides to maintain the mounting detection mode, that is, if the LED straight tube lamp is not properly mounted in the lamp socket during the first pulse. The next pulse is output according to the frequency setting, so that the electrical signal on the power loop / detection path can be detected again by the detection circuit 2620. Conversely, if it is determined that the drive circuit 2530 enters normal drive mode, the drive circuit 2530 will follow the input voltage, output voltage, input current, output current, and at least one of the above combinations of the LED module 50. Generates a lighting control signal that can modulate the pulse width to maintain brightness. In the present embodiment, the input / output voltage and the input / output current can be sampled by the feedback circuit (not shown) in the drive circuit 2530.

FIG. 17B is a schematic diagram of an exemplary drive circuit according to some typical embodiments. With reference to FIG. 17B, the drive circuit 2530 includes a controller 2531 and a conversion circuit 2532. The controller 2531 includes a signal receiving unit 2533, a sawtooth wave generating unit 2537, and a comparison unit 2536, and the conversion circuit 2532 includes a switch circuit (also known as a power switch) 2539 and an energy release circuit 2538. .. The signal receiving unit 2533 has an input terminal for receiving the feedback signal Vfb and the mounting detection signal Sidem, and an output terminal connected to the first input terminal of the comparison unit 2536. The sawtooth wave generation unit 2537 has an output terminal connected to a second input terminal of the comparison unit 2536. The output terminal of the comparison unit 2536 is connected to the control terminal of the switch circuit 2539. The circuit configurations of the switch circuit 2539 and the energy release circuit 2538 can be referred to with respect to embodiments of FIGS. 7A, 7F-7I and are not repeated herein.

In the controller 2531, the signal receiving unit 2533 can be implemented, for example, by a circuit configured by an error amplifier. The error amplifier is configured to receive the feedback signal Vfb associated with the voltage / current information of the power supply module and the mounting detection module Sidem. In the present embodiment, the signal receiving unit 2533 selectively outputs the preset voltage Vp or the feedback signal Vfb to the first input terminal of the comparison unit 2536. The sawtooth wave generation unit 2537 is configured to generate a sawtooth wave signal Ssw and provide it to the second input terminal of the comparison unit 2536. In the waveform of the sawtooth signal SsW for each period, the gradient of at least one of the rising edge and the falling edge is not infinite. In some embodiments, the sawtooth wave generation unit 2537 generates a sawtooth wave signal Ssw according to a fixed operating frequency, regardless of the operating mode of the drive circuit 2530. In some embodiments, the sawtooth wave generation unit 2537 generates a sawtooth wave signal Ssw according to different operating frequencies when operating in different operating modes. For example, the sawtooth wave generation unit 2537 can change the operating frequency according to the mounting detection signal Sidem. The comparison unit 2536 compares the signal levels of the signals on the first input terminal and the second input terminal, and the comparison unit 2536 has a high voltage when the signal level on the first input terminal is higher than that of the second input terminal. The level lighting control signal Slc is output, and when the signal level on the first input terminal is equal to or lower than the second input terminal, the low voltage level lighting control signal Slc is output. For example, the comparison unit 2536 outputs a high voltage when the signal level of the sawtooth wave signal Sw is larger than the preset voltage Vp or the feedback signal Vfb so as to generate a lighting control signal having a pulse waveform.

FIG. 19C is a signal waveform diagram of an exemplary power supply module according to a typical embodiment. With reference to FIGS. 17B and 19C, when powering on the LED straight tube lamp (when the pins on both end caps are connected to the connection sockets, or the pins on one end cap connect to the corresponding connection sockets. When the user touches a pin on the other end cap), the drive circuit 2530 begins operation and enters the mounting detection mode DTM. Hereinafter, the operation in the first period T1 will be described. In the mounting detection mode, the signal receiving unit 2533 outputs the preset voltage Vp to the first input terminal of the comparison unit 2536, and the sawtooth wave generation unit 2537 outputs the sawtooth wave signal SW to the second input terminal of the comparison unit 2536. provide. From the viewpoint of the change of the sawtooth wave SW, the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW gradually increases from the initial level to the peak level after the start timing ts. After reaching the peak level, the sawtooth wave SW gradually decreases to the initial level. Before the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW rises to the preset voltage Vp, the comparison unit 2536 outputs a low voltage lighting control signal Slc. During the period from the timing when the signal level rises and exceeds the preset voltage Vp to the timing when the signal level falls again and falls below the preset voltage Vp, the comparison unit 2536 raises the signal level to a high voltage. After the signal level drops below the preset voltage Vp, the comparison unit 2536 pulls the signal level down again to a low voltage. By performing the above operation, the comparison unit 2536 can generate a pulse DP based on the sawtooth wave SW and the preset voltage Vp, and the pulse width / pulse-on period DPW of the pulse DP is the sawtooth wave SW. The duration is higher than the preset voltage Vp.

The lighting control signal Slc having the pulse DP is transmitted to the control terminal of the switch circuit 2539, so that the switch circuit 2539 is turned on during the pulse-on period DPW. Therefore, the energy release unit 2538 absorbs power and in response to the switch circuit being on, a current is generated on the power loop / detection path. Since the current generated on the power loop / detection path results in signal features such as signal level, waveform, and / or frequency changes, signal feature variations in the sample signal Ssp are detected by the detection circuit 2620. In the present embodiment, the detection circuit 2620 detects, for example, a voltage, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect. In the first period T1, since the voltage fluctuation SP does not exceed the reference voltage Vref, the detection circuit 2620 outputs the corresponding mounting detection signal Sidem to the signal receiving unit 2533, and as a result, the signal receiving unit 2533 outputs the mounting detection mode DTM. The preset voltage Vp is continuously output to the comparison unit 2536. Since the voltage fluctuation of the sample signal Ssp in the second period T2 is similar to the sample signal Ssp in the first period T1, the circuit operation in the first period T1 and the second period T2 is similar. I will not repeat it here.

Finally, in the first period T1 and the second period T2, it is determined that the LED straight tube lamp is not installed correctly. In addition, during the first period T1 and the second period T2, the drive circuit 2530 generates a drive current on the power loop, but the switch circuit 2539 has a relatively short on-time and the current value is less than 5 MIU / mA. Since it can be reduced to 0, the current value of the drive current does not cause an electric shock to the human body.

After entering the third period T3, the detection circuit 2620 determines that the voltage fluctuation of the sample signal Ssp exceeds the reference voltage Vref, indicating that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly mounted, corresponding mounting detection. The signal side is provided to the signal receiving unit 2533. When the signal receiving unit 2533 receives the mounting detection signal Sidem indicating the correct mounting state, the drive circuit 2530 enters the normal drive mode DRM from the mounting detection mode DTM after the end of the third period T3. In the fourth period T4 of the normal drive mode DRM, the signal receiving unit 2533 generates a corresponding signal to the comparison unit 2536 according to the feedback signal Vfb instead of the preset voltage Vp, so that the comparison unit 2536 receives the input. The pulse-on period of the lighting control signal SLc can be dynamically modulated according to drive information such as voltage, output voltage and / or drive current. Since the pulse DP is configured to detect the mounting state / danger of electric shock from the viewpoint of the signal waveform of the lighting control signal Sc, the pulse width of the pulse DP is compared with the pulse width in the normal drive mode DRM. Narrow. For example, the pulse width (for example, DP) of the pulse in the mounting detection mode DTM is smaller than the minimum pulse width in the normal drive mode DRM.

In some embodiments, the detection circuit 2620 shuts down in normal drive mode DRM. In some embodiments, in normal drive mode DRM, the signal receiving unit 2533 ignores the mounting detection signal Sidem regardless of whether the detection circuit 2620 operates continuously.

Referring again to FIG. 17A, in some typical embodiments, when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on (whether or not it is properly installed), the formation of a current path within the LED straight tube lamp Based on this, the detection circuit 2620 is enabled, the enabled detection circuit 2620 detects the electrical signal on the power loop within a short period of time and then sends the mounting detection signal Sidem to the drive circuit 2530 depending on the detection result. The drive circuit 2530 determines whether to operate or be enabled to perform power conversion according to the received mounting detection signal Sidem. When the detection circuit 2620 transmits a mounting detection signal Sidm indicating that the LED straight tube lamp is mounted correctly, the drive circuit 2530 is enabled in response, and then the received power is used as the output power for the LED module. A lighting control signal for driving the power switch is generated so as to convert to. In this case, after transmitting the mounting detection signal Sidm indicating that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly mounted, the detection circuit 2620 is switched to an operation mode that does not affect the power conversion by the drive circuit 2530. On the other hand, when the detection circuit 2620 transmits a mounting detection signal Sidm indicating that the LED straight tube lamp is incorrectly mounted, the drive circuit 2530 responds to indicate that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly mounted. It remains disabled until it receives the mounting detection signal Sidem. In that case, if the drive circuit 2530 remains disabled, the detection circuit 2620 continues the detection mode to detect the electrical signal on the power loop until it detects that the LED straight tube lamp is properly installed. To do.

Here, a typical embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 17C, which shows a circuit diagram of a detection circuit and a drive circuit according to some embodiments. The power supply module of the present embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a detection circuit 2620, and a drive circuit 2530, and the detection circuit 2620 includes a detection control circuit 2621, a detection path circuit 2622, and a detection determination circuit. The drive circuit 2530 includes, for example, the power conversion circuit structure of FIG. 7F, and includes a controller 2531, an inductor 2532, a diode 2533, a capacitor 2534, a transistor 2535, and a resistor 2536.

In the detection circuit 2620, the detection path circuit 2622 has a configuration similar to that of the detection path circuit 3290 of FIG. 15B, for example, and includes a transistor 26221 and a resistor 26222. The drain terminal of the transistor 26221 is connected to the common end of the capacitors 725 and 727, and the source terminal of the transistor 26221 is connected to the first end of the resistor 26222. The second end of the resistor 26222 is connected to the first ground terminal GND1. Further, the first ground terminal GND1 and the second ground terminal GND2 of the LED module 50 may be the same ground terminal or two electrically independent ground terminals, and the present invention is not limited to any of the options. Please note.

The detection control circuit 2621 is connected to the gate terminal of the transistor 26221 and is used to control the conduction state of the transistor 26221. The detection determination circuit 2623 is connected to the first end of the resistor 26222 and the controller 2531 to sample the electrical signal on the first end of the resistor 26222 and then determine if the LED straight tube lamp is installed correctly. It is configured to compare the sampled electrical signal with the reference signal. Next, the detection determination circuit 2623 generates an attachment detection signal Sidem according to the comparison result and transmits it to the controller 2531. In the present embodiment, the details and characteristics of the operations related to the detection control circuit 2621, the detection path circuit 2622, and the detection determination circuit 2623 are as follows. It can be similar to a property and is therefore not repeated here.

In summary, as a result of comparing the above power supply modules and integrating the mounting detection function and the electric shock protection function into the drive circuit, the drive circuit becomes a drive circuit having the mounting detection function and the electric shock protection function. Specifically, for circuit structures, only the additional detection circuit 2620 for detecting electrical signals on the power loop / detection path is used to implement the mounting detection function and the electric shock protection function by the drive circuit 2530. That is, by adjusting the control method of the drive circuit 2530, the detection pulse generation module, the detection result latch circuit, the detection determination circuit, and the switch circuit of the mounting detection module 2520 can be installed in the existing circuit without the need for additional circuit elements. It can be implemented by the hardware circuit structure of the drive circuit 2530. Since the detection pulse generation module, the detection result latch circuit, the detection determination circuit, and the switch circuit are not required, the cost of the entire power supply module can be effectively reduced. In addition, since the circuit components / elements are reduced, the power supply module can have more and more layout areas, which can reduce power consumption. The saved power can be used to drive the LED module to increase the luminous efficiency, and the heat generated by the power supply module can be reduced as well.

The configuration and operation method of the detection circuit 2620 in a typical second embodiment can be similar to the detection pulse generation module, detection path circuit, and detection determination circuit of the mounting detection module 2520, and the detection result of the mounting detection module 2520. The latch and switch circuits are typically replaced by existing controllers and power switches in the drive circuit 2530 in a second embodiment. In a typical second embodiment, the particular configuration of the detection path circuit 2622 allows the format of the mounting detection signal Sidem to be easily designed to match the signal format of the controller 2531, resulting in reductions. Based on the complexity of the circuit, the difficulty of circuit design can be significantly reduced.

It should be noted that the second embodiment is described and illustrated by the configuration of the detection path circuit 3290 in FIG. 15B, but the invention is not limited to that configuration in FIG. 15B. In other applications, the detection path circuit may be configured as in the other embodiments described above to perform transient sampling or detection of electrical signals.

FIG. 18A is a circuit block diagram of an application of a power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 18A, the power supply module of the present embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a detection trigger circuit 3020, and a drive circuit 2630, and the rectifier circuit 510 and the filter circuit 520 include the above-described embodiment. It is configured to be similar to. The detection trigger circuit 3020 is arranged on the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp after the stage of the filter circuit 520, for example, as shown in FIG. 18A, but the present invention is not limited to that position of the detection trigger circuit 3020. Further, the detection trigger circuit 3020 is connected to the input power supply terminal or the voltage detection terminal of the drive circuit 2630, and the (one or more) output terminals of the drive circuit are connected to the LED module 50.

In this embodiment, when external power is applied to the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp, the detection trigger circuit 3020 is enabled to send an electrical signal at the output terminal of the filter circuit 520 to the input power supply terminal or voltage of the drive circuit 2630. It is converted into an electric signal of the first waveform provided to the detection terminal. The drive circuit 2630 then enters a detection mode that receives a first waveform electrical signal to output a narrow-width pulse signal that meets a particular detection demand to drive the power switch, and the drive circuit 2630 Further determines whether the LED straight tube lamp is properly / correctly attached to the lamp socket by detecting the magnitude of the current flowing through the power switch or the LED module 50. If it is determined that the LED straight tube lamp is properly / correctly installed, the drive circuit 2630 switches to or enters the normal operation mode (or LED operation mode) to drive the power switch, in which mode the drive circuit. The 2630 can provide stable output power for lighting the LED module 50. During this normal operating mode, the detection trigger circuit 3020 is disabled so as not to affect the power provided by the filter circuit 520 to the drive circuit 2630, and thus is provided to the input power supply terminal or voltage detection terminal of the drive circuit 2630. The electric signal is not that of the first waveform. On the other hand, if it is determined that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly / correctly installed, the drive circuit 2630 continuously outputs a narrow pulse signal to drive the power switch.

The embodiment shown in FIG. 18A is described in more detail herein, taking the particular circuit of FIGS. 18B and 18C as an example of the circuit block of FIG. 18A. FIG. 18B is a circuit diagram showing the detection trigger circuit 3020 and the drive circuit 2630 according to some embodiments, and FIG. 18C is an application circuit diagram showing the integrated controller 2631 of the drive circuit 2630 according to some embodiments. is there. In the present embodiment of the drive circuit 2630, the drive circuit 2630 includes a controller 2631, an inductor 2632, a diode 2633, an inductor 2634, and a resistor 2635, and the integrated controller 2631 has a power supply terminal P_VIN and a voltage detection terminal P_VSEN. It has several signal receiving terminals such as a current detection terminal P_ISEN, a drive terminal P_DRN, a compensation terminal P_COMP, and a reference ground P_GND. One end of the inductor 2632 and the anode of the diode 2633 are connected to the drive terminal P_DRN of the controller 2631. The resistor 2635 is connected to the current detection terminal P_ISEN of the controller 2631. The detection trigger circuit 3020 in the present embodiment may include, for example, a switch circuit connected to the voltage detection terminal P_VSEN of the controller 2631. Further, in order to meet the operating demand of the integrated controller 2631, the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp is one or more external to the integrated controller 2631, such as resistors Rb1 and Rb2 connected to the output terminals of the filter circuit 520. An auxiliary circuit may be further provided. Other external auxiliary circuits not shown in FIG. 18B may be included in the power supply module.

The integrated controller 2631 includes a pulse control unit PCU, a power switch unit PSW, a current control unit CCU, a gain amplification unit Gm, a bias unit BU, a detection trigger unit DTU, a switch unit SHU, and comparison units CU1 and CU2. And. The pulse control unit PCU is configured to generate a pulse signal to control the power switch unit PSW. The power switch unit PSW is connected to the inductor 2632 and the diode 2633 via the drive terminal P_DRN, and is configured to switch on or off according to the control by the pulse signal, and provides the LED module 50 with a stable output current. This allows the inductor 2632 to alternately store and release power in normal operating mode. The current control unit CCU receives the voltage detection signal VSEN through the voltage detection terminal P_VSEN, through a current detection terminal P_ISEN, receives the current detection signal _{I SEN} indicating the magnitude of current flowing through the resistor 2635. Therefore, the current control unit CCU in the normal operating mode, can learn about the real-time operating state of the LED module 50 according to the voltage detection signal VSEN and the current detection signal _{I SEN,} then the output adjustment according to the real-time operating state of the LED module 50 A signal can be generated. The output adjustment signal is processed by the gain amplification unit Gm, and as a result, the pulse control unit PCU is provided to the pulse control unit PCU as a reference signal for generating the pulse signal. The bias unit BU is configured to receive the filtered signal output by the filter circuit 520 and then generate both the stable drive voltage VCS and the reference voltage V _REF used by the unit in the integrated controller 2631. To. The detection trigger unit DTU is connected to the detection trigger circuit 3020 and the resistors Rb1 and Rb2 through the voltage detection terminal P_VSEN, and whether or not the characteristics of the voltage detection signal VSEN received through the voltage detection terminals P_VSEN match the characteristics of the first waveform. Configured to detect. Next, the detection trigger unit DTU outputs a detection result signal to the pulse control unit PCU according to the detection result. Switch unit SWU is connected through a current detection terminal P_ISEN the first end of the resistor 2635, in accordance with the detection result of the detection triggering unit DTU, selectively provides a current detection signal _{I SEN} in comparison unit CU1 or comparison unit CU2 It is configured as follows. The comparison unit CU1 is mainly used for overcurrent protection, and is configured to compare the received current detection signal _ISEN with the overcurrent reference signal _VOCP and then output the comparison result to the pulse control unit PCU. To. Further, the comparison unit CU2 is mainly used for electric shock protection, and is configured to compare the received current detection signal _ISEN with the mounting reference signal _VIDM, and then output the comparison result to the pulse control unit PCU. To.

Specifically, when the LED straight tube lamp is turned on, the detection trigger circuit 3020 is first enabled, and then, for example, by switching the switch, the voltage detection signal VSEN has the first waveform. Affects or adjusts the voltage detection signal VSEN provided (which will be) at terminal P_VSEN. For example, when a switch is used as a detection trigger circuit 3020, when enabled, the detection trigger circuit 3020 continuously switches between a conductive state and a cutoff state several times at predetermined intervals in a short period of time for detection. The voltage waveform of the voltage detection signal VSEN, which reflects the switching of the trigger circuit 3020, can be changed / varied. When power is first received, the default state of the integrated controller 2631 is disabled, i.e., during that state, the pulse control unit PCU is for driving the power switch unit PSW to light the LED module 50. Does not output a pulse signal. However, during this state of the integrated controller 2631, the detection trigger unit DTU determines whether the voltage detection signal VSEN has (characteristics of) the first waveform, and then transmits the determination result to the pulse control unit PCU.

When the pulse control unit PCU receives a signal from the detection trigger unit DTU indicating that the voltage detection signal VSEN conforms to (characteristics of) the first waveform, the integrated controller 2631 enters the mounting detection mode. In the mounting detection mode, the pulse control unit PCU outputs a narrow pulse signal to drive the power switch unit PSW, and the current flowing through the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is at a level where there is a considerable risk of electric shock to the human body. Limit it to less than (5 MIU, etc.). The detailed configuration of the pulse signal in the mounting detection mode is similar to the configuration of the above-described embodiment of the mounting detection module, and can be set with reference to the configuration. In some respects, the mounting detection mode, the switch unit SWU is a current detection signal _{I SEN} comparison unit CU2 has received compared to the mounting reference signal _{V IDM,} to produce a comparison result, the current detection signal _{I SEN} The circuit configuration is switched to transmit to the comparison unit CU2. In this configuration of the switch unit SWU, if the LED straight tube lamp is improperly / incorrectly installed, the second end of the resistor 2635 is considered to be connected to the ground terminal GND1 via the body impedance Rbody. be able to. Since the intervention of the body impedance Rbody have a potential to cause an increase in the equivalent impedance, body impedance Rbody can be reflected in the variation of the current detection signal I _SEN, therefore the pulse control unit PCU, in accordance with the comparison result of the comparison unit CU2 , It is possible to accurately determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is properly / correctly attached to the lamp socket, or whether there is a risk of electric shock. Therefore, if the pulse control unit PCU determines that the LED straight tube lamp is improperly / incorrectly mounted in the lamp socket according to the comparison result of the comparison unit CU2, the integrated controller 2631 operates in the mounting detection mode. Continue, i.e., the pulse control unit PCU continues to output a narrow pulse signal to drive the power switch unit PSW, and the LED straight tube lamp is properly / correctly installed in the lamp socket according to the current detection signal _ISEN. Determine if it is. However, if the pulse control unit PCU determines that the LED straight tube lamp is properly / correctly attached to the lamp socket according to the comparison result, the integrated controller 2631 enters the normal operation mode.

In normal operating mode, the detection trigger circuit 3020 is inactive or disabled, that is, the detection trigger circuit 3020 does not affect or adjust the voltage detection signal VSEN. In this case, the voltage detection signal VSEN is determined only by the voltage divider between the resistors Rb1 and Rb2, and in the integrated controller 2631 the detection trigger unit DTU can be disabled or the pulse control unit PCU can detect and trigger. The detection result signal from the unit DTU is not used. Further, in this case, the pulse control unit PCU is mainly output by the current control unit CCU and the gain amplification unit Gm so as to output a pulse signal having a corresponding rated power for driving the power switch unit PSW ( The pulse width of the pulse signal is adjusted according to the (one or more) signals, so that the LED module 50 is provided with a stable output current. At one point, in normal operating mode, the switch unit SHU switches to a circuit configuration that transmits the current detection signal _ISEN to the comparison unit CU1, and the comparison unit CU1 uses the received current detection signal _ISEN as an overcurrent reference. It allows comparison with the signal V _OCP , so that the pulse control unit PCU can adjust the output pulse signal during overcurrent conditions to prevent circuit damage. The overcurrent protection function available in the integrated controller 2631 is only an option. In another embodiment, in the integrated controller 2631, the comparison unit CU1 may be omitted, thus the switch unit SHU is omitted, and as a result, the current detection signal _ISEN is provided directly to the input terminal of the comparison unit CU2.

FIG. 18D is a circuit diagram showing a detection trigger circuit 3020 and a drive circuit 2630 according to some embodiments. The embodiment is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 18B, except that the second embodiment further includes the configuration of a transistor Mp and an array of resistors Rpa connected in parallel. The Mp has a drain terminal connected to the first end of the resistor 2635, a gate terminal connected to the detection control terminal of the integrated controller 2631, and a source terminal connected to the first common end of the resistor array Rpa. The resistor array Rpa includes a plurality of parallel connected resistors whose resistance can be set based on the resistance of the resistor 2635, and the second common end of the resistor array Rpa is connected to the ground terminal GND1.

In some embodiments, the integrated controller 2631 outputs a signal to the gate terminal of the transistor Mp via the detection control terminal according to the current operating mode, so that the transistor Mp is turned on in response to the received signal. Or can be cut off or turned off in response to a signal received during normal operating mode. When the transistor Mp is on, the resistor array Rpa can be equivalent to connecting in parallel with the resistor 2635, reducing the equivalent impedance to be lower than the resistor 2635 alone. The low equivalent resistance can then match the degree of body impedance. Therefore, during the mounting detection mode, the LED straight tube lamp is improperly / incorrectly mounted (eg, the user touches the conductive part of the LED straight tube lamp, or the external impedance is the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. In the case of (electrically connected to), the equivalent impedance can be adjusted by introducing the resistance array Rpa, and therefore the fluctuation amount of the current detection signal _ISEN can be increased. As a result, the sensitivity that reflects the body impedance can be increased, and as a result, the accuracy of the mounting detection result can be improved.

Some embodiments of the power supply modules shown in FIGS. 9A-14B include circuits (eg, mounting detection modules 2520 and detection circuits) for detecting mounting conditions or the risk of electric shock within a particular period (such as a pulse-on period). It is configured in a pulse detection setting with reference to a power supply module having 2620). For example, in the pulse detection setting, the power loop / detection path is preset to be in a non-conducting or current limiting state. The power loop / detection path is turned on only when a pulse-on period occurs before checking the mounting condition or the risk of electric shock. In addition, the current on the power supply is limited until it is detected that there is no correct mounting condition or risk of electric shock (the user is not touching the LED straight tube lamp). From the point of view of current limiting circuits such as switch circuits 2580, 2780, 2880, 2960 or 3080, a disabled current limiting circuit does not limit the current on the power loop and makes the power loop conductive or non-conducting. Refers to the current limiting circuit that puts the current in the limiting state. On the other hand, the enabled current limiting circuit refers to a current limiting circuit that limits the current on the power loop and puts the power loop in a non-conducting or current limiting state.

In some embodiments, the continuous detection setting can be used independently to implement mounting detection and electric shock protection mechanisms.

In some embodiments, continuous detection settings and pulse detection settings can be used together to implement mounting detection and electric shock protection mechanisms. For example, the LED straight tube lamp can utilize the pulse detection setting before the LED module is turned on, and then can be changed to the continuous detection setting during the light emission of the LED straight tube lamp.

From the point of view of circuit operation, switching between the pulse detection setting and the continuous detection setting can be determined based on the current on the power loop. For example, if the current on the power loop is less than a predetermined value (such as 5 MIU), the mounting detection module enables the pulse detection setting. If it is detected that the current on the power loop is greater than a given value, the mounting detection module changes to enable the continuous detection setting. From the point of view of LED straight tube lamp operation and mounting, the mounting detection module is preconfigured to enable the pulse detection setting, so that the mounting detection module detects the mounting state (or risk of electric shock) and the LED. Use the pulse detection setting to perform electrical protection when the straight tube lamp is powered on. As long as the correct mounting condition is detected, the mounting detection module will change to utilize the continuous detection setting to detect whether the user is touching the conductive part of the LED straight tube lamp while the LED straight tube lamp is emitting light. To do. In addition, when the LED straight tube lamp is turned off, the mounting detection module is reset to the pulse detection setting.

With respect to the hardware configuration of the LED straight tube lamp system, the mounting detection module is either inside the LED straight tube lamp (as shown in FIG. 9A) or outside the lamp socket / fixture (as shown in FIG. 9B). Regardless of whether, the designer can selectively apply the continuous detection setting or the pulse detection setting in the LED straight tube lamp system, if necessary. In this way, regardless of whether the mounting detection module 2520 is configured inside the LED straight tube lamp or outside the lamp socket, the mounting detection module 2520 can be various and several. According to the above description of the embodiment, the mounting detection and the electric shock protection of the LED straight tube lamp can be performed.

The difference between the internal arrangement of the mounting detection module and the external placement of the mounting detection module is that the first mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 of the external mounting detection module are the conductors of the external power grid and the LED straight tube lamp. It is connected to the pin and between the external power grid and the LED straight tube lamp, that is, the first mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2522 are connected in series on the signal line of the external drive signal. Also, it is electrically connected to the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp through the conductor pin. In another aspect, although not shown in the illustrated figures, in some embodiments of the mounting detection modules of the present disclosure, the mounting detection module supplies power for the operation of the circuits within the mounting detection module. It can be understood by those skilled in the art that it may have or include a bias circuit for generating a drive voltage configured to do so.

In order to specifically describe the operation or actuation mechanism of the mounting detection module, in some disclosed embodiments, the circuit components of the mounting detection module are, for example, a detection pulse generation module, a detection result latch circuit, a detection. It can be classified into various functional modules including a determination circuit, a detection control circuit, and a switch circuit / current limit circuit / bias adjustment circuit. However, the elements of the actually designed embodiment of the mounting detection module are not limited to the modules described herein. For example, in one aspect as shown in FIG. 20A, the circuits in the mounting detection module related to the detection of the mounting state and the execution of switching control are integrated into the detection controller 2420 or generally the detection controller 2420. The circuits in the mounting detection module that respond to control by the detection controller 2420 and thus affect the magnitude of the current on the power loop are integrated into the current limiting module 2440 or Alternatively, it may be generally referred to as a current limiting module 2440. Further, although not pointed out in the described embodiments, circuits containing elements that require a power source to operate require at least one corresponding drive voltage VCS to operate, and thus a drive voltage VCS. It can be appreciated by those skilled in the art that some (one or more) elements or (one or more) circuit lines are present within the mounting detection module that are intended to generate. In the embodiment of FIG. 20A, the circuit in the mounting detection module for generating the drive voltage VCS is integrated into the bias circuit 2450 or is commonly referred to as the bias circuit.

In the functional module of the embodiment of FIG. 20A, the detection controller 2420 performs mounting detection (or impedance detection) to determine if the LED straight tube lamp is properly / properly connected or connected to the lamp socket, or A detection controller configured to determine if there is any extrinsic or extrinsic external impedance (such as human impedance or simulated / tested human impedance) intervening or coupled to the circuit of an LED straight tube lamp. The 2420 controls the current limiting module 2440 according to the determination result. If the detection controller 2420 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly / properly connected to the lamp socket, or is mediated by an extrinsic or exogenous external impedance, the detection controller 2420 will determine the current limiting module. By controlling the interruption of the 2440, it is possible to prevent the current on the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp from becoming excessive and causing an electric shock. The current limiting module 2440 will normally draw current on the power loop if the detection controller 2420 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is properly / properly connected to the lamp socket or that there is no such exogenous impedance. If the current is configured to flow and the LED straight tube lamp is not properly / properly connected to the lamp socket, or if the detection controller 2420 determines that such an exogenous impedance is present, the current will exceed the safe value. The current on the power loop is configured to fall below a certain level to prevent. In the circuit design or configuration, the current limiting module 2440 may be independent of the drive circuit (such as 1530) and may be a switch circuit or current limiting circuit (FIGS. 10A, 11A, 12A and 12A) connected in series with the power loop. Each switch circuit 2580, 2780, 2880, 3080 and 3180 in FIG. 14A, and the switch unit 2960 in FIG. 13A, and a bias adjustment circuit connected to the power supply terminal or enable terminal of the controller of the drive circuit (bias adjustment in FIG. 16A). It may include a circuit (such as circuit 3480) or a power switch in the drive circuit (such as switch circuit 2539 in FIG. 17B). The bias circuit 2450 is configured to provide the drive voltage VCS required for the operation of the detection controller 2420, and embodiments of the bias circuit 2450 may be described below with reference to FIGS. 20B and 20C.

From a functional point of view, the detection controller 2420 can be considered as the detection control means used by the mounting detection module of the present disclosure, and the current limiting module 2440 is the switching means or current used by the mounting detection module of the present disclosure. Can be considered as limiting means, the detection and control means can correspond to some or all circuits of the mounting detection module and other than the switching means, and the switching means is possible of the current limiting module 2440 described above. It can correspond to any one of the circuit embodiment types.

Executed by the detection controller 2420 from the point of view of circuit operation to determine if the LED straight tube lamp is properly / properly connected to the lamp socket or if any unintended external impedance is connected to the LED straight tube lamp. The method configured to do so is shown in FIG. 25A. The method includes a step of temporarily conducting the detection path for a certain period of time and then blocking the detection path (step S101), a step of sampling an electric signal on the detection path (step S102), and sampled electricity. A step of determining whether or not the signal conforms to a predetermined signal characteristic (step S103), and a step of controlling the current limiting module 2440 to operate in the first state when the determination result of step S103 is positive (step S103). Step S104) includes a step of controlling the current limiting module 2440 to operate in the second state (step S105) when the determination result of step S103 is negative, and a step of returning to step S101 later.

The configuration of the detection path and the setting of the conduction period of the detection path can be performed with reference to the above-described embodiment. In step S101, conducting the detection path over a period of time can be accomplished by using pulses to control switch switching.

In step S102, the sampled electrical signal is a signal that represents or can represent impedance fluctuations on the detection path, which may include voltage signals, current signals, frequency signals, phase signals, and the like.

In step S103, the operation of determining whether or not the sampled electric signal conforms to a predetermined signal characteristic can include, for example, a relative relationship between the sampled electric signal and the predetermined signal. In some embodiments, the sampled electrical signal that is determined to meet a given signal characteristic is that the LED straight tube lamp is properly / properly connected to the lamp socket, or that the unintended external impedance is directly on the LED. The sampled electrical signal, which can respond to the determination or condition that it is not connected to the tube lamp and is determined not to meet the predetermined signal characteristics, is the LED straight tube lamp correctly / properly connected to the lamp socket. It is possible to respond to the determination or condition that the external impedance is not present or is connected to the LED straight tube lamp.

In steps S104 and S105, the first and second states are two separate circuit configuration states, which can be set according to the configured position and type of current limiting module 2440. For example, when the current limiting module 2440 is independent of the drive circuit and refers to a switch circuit or current limiting circuit connected in series on a power loop, or in embodiments, the first state is a conductive state (or non-current limiting). The state), and the second state is a cutoff state (or a current limiting state). When the current limiting module 2440 refers to a bias adjusting circuit connected to the power supply terminal or enable terminal of the controller of the drive circuit, or in the embodiment, the first state is the cutoff state (or the drive voltage is supplied to the controller as usual). The second state is a conduction state (or a bias adjustment state in which the drive voltage is stopped from being supplied to the controller). Further, when the current limiting module 2440 points to a power switch in the drive circuit or in the embodiment, the first state is a drive control state that switches in response to the controller of the drive circuit and is not affected by the detection controller 2420. The second state is the cutoff state.

Detailed operation and circuit embodiments of the steps are illustrated and described by the above description of the embodiments, and the steps help explain the operating mechanism of the mounting detection module from different angles.

Next, the operation of the mounting detection module after entering the LED operation mode DRM will be further described here with reference to the steps of FIG. 25C. Referring to FIGS. 20A and 25C, after entering the LED operating mode DRM, the detection controller 2420 has a step of detecting the bus voltage on the power line (step S301), and the voltage on the power line is the third voltage over the second period. A step (step S302) of determining whether or not the level remains below the level is performed. The second period is, for example, in the range of 200 ms to 700 ms, preferably 300 ms or 600 ms. The third voltage level is, for example, in the range of 80V to 120V, preferably 90V or 115V. Therefore, in some embodiments of step S302, the detection controller 2420 determines if the voltage on the power line remains less than 115V over 600ms.

If the determination result in step S302 is affirmative, it means that the external drive signal is not provided to the LED straight tube lamp, or the supply is stopped, or the LED straight tube lamp is powered off. Therefore, the detection controller 2420 has the following two steps, that is, a step of controlling the current limiting module 2440 to switch to the second state (step S303), and then a step of resetting the detection controller 2420. (Step S304). On the other hand, if the determination result in step S302 is negative, this indicates that the external drive signal is normally provided to the LED straight tube lamp, or can be regarded as such, and therefore detection. The controller 2420 returns to step S301 and continuously detects the voltage of the power line to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is turned off.

FIG. 20B is a circuit diagram showing a bias circuit including mounting detection modules according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 20B, in an application in which the LED straight tube lamp receives AC power as an input, the bias circuit 2550 includes a rectifier circuit 2551, resistors 2552 and 2553, and a capacitor 2554. In the present embodiment, the rectifier circuit 2551 is an example of a full-wave bridge rectifier, but the present invention is not limited to this aspect. The input terminal of the rectifier circuit 2551 is configured to receive the external drive signal Sed, rectify the external drive signal Sed, and output a (almost) rectified DC signal to the output terminal of the rectifier circuit 2551. The resistors 2552 and 2553 are connected in series between the output terminals of the rectifier circuit 2551, and the resistors 2553 are connected in parallel with the capacitor 2554. The rectified signal is split by resistors 2552 and 2553 and stabilized by capacitor 2554 by capacitors 2554 so as to generate a drive voltage VCS output across the two terminals of capacitor 2554 (ie, the node PN and the ground terminal).

In an embodiment in which the mounting detection module is integrated into an LED straight tube lamp, the rectifier circuit 2551 replaces the existing rectifier circuit because the power supply module in the LED straight tube lamp usually includes its own rectifier circuit (such as 510). be able to. Also, resistors 2552 and 2553 and capacitors 2554 can be connected directly on the power loop of the power supply module so that the mounting detection module can be used as a power source for the rectified bus voltage (ie, rectified signal) on the power loop. Can be used. In the embodiment in which the mounting detection module is arranged outside the LED straight tube lamp, the mounting detection module directly uses the external drive signal Sed as the power supply, so that the rectifier circuit 2551 is separated from the power supply module and receives the AC external drive signal Sed. It is configured to convert to the DC drive voltage VCS used by the circuits in the mounting detection module.

FIG. 20C is a circuit diagram showing a bias circuit including mounting detection modules according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 20C, the bias circuit 2550'includes a rectifier circuit 2651, a resistor 2652, a Zener diode 2653, and a capacitor 2654. This embodiment is similar to the embodiment of FIG. 20B, the main difference being that a Zener diode 2653 is used instead of the resistor 2553 of FIG. 20B to make the drive voltage VCS more stable. ..

FIG. 21 is an application circuit block diagram of the detection pulse generation module according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 18A, in this embodiment, the detection pulse generation module 3140 includes a pulse start circuit 3141 and a pulse width determination circuit 3142. The pulse start circuit 3141 receives the external drive signal Sed, and according to the external drive signal Sed, when the detection pulse generation module 3140 (for example, when the external drive signal Sed is received) is pulsed. It is configured to determine whether to generate or publish. The pulse width determination circuit 3142 sets or determines the pulse width, and at a determined time point indicated by the pulse start circuit 3141, the pulse width determination circuit 3142 of the pulse start circuit 3141 in order to issue a pulse signal DP having a set pulse width. It is connected to the output terminal.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 3140 may further include an output buffer circuit 3143. The input terminal of the output buffer circuit 3143 is connected to the output terminal of the pulse width determination circuit 3142. Further, the output buffer circuit 3143 outputs a pulse signal DP (voltage or current signal, etc.) from the pulse width determination circuit 3142 so as to output a pulse signal DP capable of satisfying the operating demand of the (one or more) back-end circuits. It is configured or used to adjust the waveform of.

Taking the detection pulse generation module 2640 shown in FIG. 10B as an example, the time point at which the pulse signal is issued is determined based on when the drive voltage is received, and therefore, the bias circuit that generates the drive voltage VCS is the detection pulse generation. It can be considered as the pulse start circuit of module 2640. In another respect, the pulse width of the pulse signal generated or issued by the detection pulse generation module 2640 mainly consists of capacitors 2642, 2645, and 2646, and resistors 2634, 2647, and 2648 RC charge / discharge circuits. Determined by the time constant of. Therefore, the capacitors 2642, 2645, and 2646, and the resistors 2634, 2647, and 2648 can all be regarded as the pulse width determination circuit of the detection pulse generation module 2640. Further, the buffers 2644 and 2651 can be the output buffer circuit of the detection pulse generation module 2640.

Taking the detection pulse generation module 2740 shown in FIG. 11B as another example, the time point at which the pulse signal is issued is determined based on the time point at which the drive voltage VCS of FIG. 11B is received, and the RC composed of the resistor 2742 and the capacitor 2743. It is related to the time constant of the charge / discharge circuit. Therefore, the bias circuit, resistor 2742, and capacitor 2743 that generate the drive voltage VCS can all be considered as the pulse start circuit of the detection pulse generation module 2740. In another respect, the pulse width of the pulse signal generated or issued by the detection pulse generation module 2740 is mainly determined by the forward and reverse threshold voltages of the Schmitt trigger 2744 and the switching latency of the transistor 2746. Therefore, both the Schmitt trigger 2744 and the transistor 2746 can be regarded as the pulse width determination circuit of the detection pulse generation module 2740.

In some embodiments, the pulse start circuit of the detection pulse generation module 2640 or 2740 performs control of the pulse start time point (or the time point at which the pulse signal is issued) by including a comparator as shown in FIG. 22A. Can be done. FIG. 22A is a circuit diagram showing a detection pulse generation module according to some embodiments. With reference to FIG. 22A, specifically, the detection pulse generation module 3240 includes a comparator 3241 as a pulse start circuit and a pulse width determination circuit 3242. The comparator 3241 is connected to one end of a resistor 32421 corresponding to a first input terminal for receiving the external drive signal Sed, a second input terminal for receiving the reference voltage level Vps, and an input terminal for the drive voltage VCS in FIG. 11B. It has an output terminal. Here, the reception of the external drive signal Sed of the comparator 3241 is not limited to the method of directly inputting the external drive signal Sed to the first input terminal of the comparator 3241. In some embodiments, the external drive signal Sed may first undergo some signal processing such as rectification and / or voltage division and be converted into a state signal associated with the external drive signal Sed, and then the state signal. Is input to the comparator 3241. The comparator 3241 then learns about the state of the external drive signal Sed according to the state signal, and the method is such that the comparator 3241 directly receives the external drive signal Sed or the next of the signal comparison based on the external drive signal Sed. Equivalent to performing a step. The pulse width determination circuit 3242 includes resistors 32421, 32422, and 32423, a Schmitt trigger 32424, a transistor 32425, a capacitor 32426, and a Zener diode 32427, and the configuration of the device is similar to that of FIG. 11B. Therefore, for the description of the connection between the devices, refer to the description of the above embodiment. In the configuration of FIG. 22A, the RC circuit composed of the capacitor 32426 and the resistor 32421 starts charging the capacitor 32426 only when the voltage level of the external drive signal Sed exceeds the reference voltage level Vps, and issues a pulse signal DP. Start control at the time of operation. Corresponding changes in the three related signals along the time axis are shown in FIG. 23A.

With reference to FIGS. 22A and 23A, in this embodiment of FIG. 22A, the comparator 3241 as the pulse start circuit outputs a high level signal to one end of the resistor 32421, starts charging the capacitor 32426, and the voltage of the capacitor 32426. Vcp gradually increases over time during charging. When the voltage signal Vcp reaches the forward threshold voltage Vsch1 of the Schmitt trigger 32424, the output terminal of the Schmitt trigger 32424 outputs a high level signal, which conducts the transistor 32425. When the transistor 32425 becomes conductive, the capacitor 32426 begins discharging to ground through the resistor 32422 and the transistor 32425, gradually reducing the voltage signal Vcp. When the reduced voltage signal Vcp reaches the reverse threshold voltage Vsch2 of the Schmitt trigger 32424z, the output terminal of the Schmitt trigger 32424 switches from the output of the high level signal to the output of the low level signal, and thus the pulse signal or waveform DP1. The pulse width DPW of the signal or waveform formed / generated is determined by the forward threshold voltage Vsch1, the reverse threshold voltage Vsch2, and the switching latency of the transistor 32425. When the pulse signal DP1 is formed, another similar pulse signal or waveform DP2 is similarly generated by the Schmitt trigger 32424 after the interval TIV, which again occurs when the voltage signal Vcp is less than the reverse threshold voltage Vsch2. It can be defined by the duration of the drop to a voltage higher than the forward threshold voltage Vsch1. The generation of the same pulse signal (DP2, DP3, etc.) can follow as well.

In some embodiments, the pulse start circuit 3141 indicates when a pulse signal is generated or issued so that the external drive signal Sed reaches a particular voltage level, as implemented by the embodiment of FIG. 22B. Alternatively, when a certain voltage level is exceeded, the detection pulse generation module 3140 determines when a pulse signal is generated. FIG. 22B is a circuit diagram showing a detection pulse generation module according to some embodiments. With reference to FIG. 22B, specifically, the detection pulse generation module 3340 includes a pulse start circuit 3341 and a pulse width determination circuit 3342. The pulse start circuit 3341 includes a comparator 33411 and a signal edge trigger circuit 33412. The comparator 33411 has a first input terminal for receiving the external drive signal Sed, a second input terminal for receiving the reference voltage level Vps, and an output terminal connected to the input terminal of the signal edge trigger circuit 33412. The signal edge trigger circuit 33412 is configured to detect, for example, the time point at which the comparator 33411 switches the output state and then transmit an instruction to generate a pulse signal for the subsequent pulse width determination circuit 3342. A rising edge trigger circuit or a falling edge trigger circuit may be included. The pulse width determination circuit 3342 is an arbitrary pulse generation circuit, such as the circuits of FIGS. 10B and 11B, which can generate a pulse signal of a set width at a specific time point according to a pulse generation instruction, or a 555 timer. The integrated device of the present invention is not limited to the exemplary circuit. Note that FIG. 22B shows that the first input terminal of the comparator 33411 directly receives the external drive signal Sed, but the present invention is not limited to this embodiment. In some embodiments, the external drive signal Sed first undergoes signal processing such as rectification, filtering, and / or partial pressure to become a reference signal, and then is received by the first input terminal of the comparator 33411. May be good. In other words, the pulse start circuit 3341 can determine the time point at which the pulse signal is generated, which is related to the voltage level or phase state of the external drive signal Sed, or based on a reception reference signal indicating that level or state. ..

Corresponding changes in the three related signals along the time axis generated in the embodiment of the detection pulse generation module 3340 of FIG. 22B are shown in each of FIGS. 23B and 23C, FIG. 23B shows a rising edge triggering method. The waveforms of the three signals generated under are shown, and FIG. 23C shows the waveforms of the three signals generated under the falling edge trigger method. Referring to FIGS. 22B and 23B, in the present embodiment under the rising edge trigger method, when the voltage level of the external drive signal Sed exceeds the reference voltage level Vps, the comparator 33411 starts outputting the high level signal. The output is maintained at a high level while the external drive signal Sed exceeds the reference voltage level Vps. When the external drive signal Sed gradually decreases from the peak value and drops below the reference voltage level Vps, the comparator 33411 switches to output a (again) low level signal. Therefore, the output terminal of the comparator 33411 outputs the output voltage signal Vcp as shown in FIG. 23B. Approximately when a rising edge occurs on the voltage signal Vcp, the signal edge trigger circuit 33412 triggers the enable signal and outputs it to the pulse width determining circuit 3342, and as a result, at approximately the time of the rising edge, the pulse width determining circuit 3342. Generates a pulse signal DP having a pulse or waveform DP1 depending on the enable signal and the set pulse width DPW of the pulse DP1. According to the operation described above, the detection pulse generation module 3340 can adjust the time point at which the pulse DP1 of the pulse signal DP is generated by adjusting the reference voltage level Vps or changing the setting, and as a result, the detection pulse generation module 3340. Is triggered to generate pulse DP1 of the pulse signal DP only when the external drive signal Sed reaches a certain voltage level or phase. Therefore, the rising edge triggering method can prevent the problem of erroneously generating pulse DP1 of the pulse signal DP when approximately the external drive signal Sed intersects the zero voltage level associated with some of the aforementioned embodiments. it can.

In some embodiments, the reference voltage level Vps can be adjusted according to the voltage level of the external drive signal Sed on the power line so that the detection pulse generation module is a separate AC power network providing the power line. According to the nominal supply voltage (120V, 277V, etc.), the pulse DP1 of the pulse signal DP can be generated at a certain timing. Thus, whatever the separate nominal supply voltage of the AC power grid that provides the external drive signal, the power line is in a state where detection is triggered for some part (over the duration of the pulse of the voltage signal Vcp). Alternatively, part of the cycle of the external drive signal Sed on the detection path of the LED straight tube lamp follows a separate nominal supply voltage by adjusting the reference voltage level Vps to improve the accuracy of mounting or impedance detection. Can be adjusted or restricted. For example, the reference voltage level Vps is a first reference voltage level corresponding to a first nominal supply voltage such as 120V in an AC power grid and a second reference voltage corresponding to a second nominal supply voltage such as 277V in another AC power grid. May include levels. When the external drive signal Sed received by the detection pulse generation module 3340 has a first nominal supply voltage, the pulse start circuit 3341 generates pulse DP1 of the pulse signal DP based on the first reference voltage level of the reference voltage level Vps. Determine when to do it. When the external drive signal Sed received by the detection pulse generation module 3340 has a second nominal supply voltage, the pulse start circuit 3341 generates pulse DP1 of the pulse signal DP based on the second reference voltage level of the reference voltage level Vps. Determine when to do it.

With reference to FIGS. 22B and 23C, the operation of this embodiment under the falling edge trigger method is similar to the operation of the embodiments of FIGS. 22B and 23B, with the main difference being the falling edge. Under the edge trigger method, the signal edge trigger circuit 33412 triggers the enable signal and outputs it to the pulse width determination circuit 3342 when a falling edge occurs approximately in the voltage signal Vcp, and thus the pulse width determination circuit 3342. However, at the time of the falling edge, a pulse signal DP having a pulse or waveform DP1 is generated. In some embodiments under the falling edge trigger method, the reference voltage level Vps corresponds to a first nominal supply voltage such as 120V in the AC power grid, a first reference voltage level such as 115V, and another. It may include a second reference voltage level such as 200V, which corresponds to a second nominal supply voltage such as 277V in the AC power grid. If the external drive signal Sed received by the detection pulse generation module 3340 has a first nominal supply voltage, the pulse start circuit 3341 will pulse when the external drive signal Sed drops below the first reference voltage level of 115 V. Determined to generate pulse DP1 of the signal DP. If the external drive signal Sed received by the detection pulse generation module 3340 has a second nominal supply voltage, the pulse start circuit 3341 will pulse when the external drive signal Sed drops below the second reference voltage level of 200 V. Determined to generate pulse DP1 of the signal DP.

Based on the teachings and embodiments described above, apart from the signal edge triggering operation described above, various possible mechanisms for determining when to generate the pulse signal DP may be implemented by the pulse initiation circuit 3141. , Can be understood by those skilled in the art. For example, the pulse start circuit 3141 starts recording at the time when the rising edge or falling edge generated in the voltage signal Vcp is detected, and when the recorded time reaches a predetermined duration, it triggers the enable signal and the pulse width. It can be designed to output to the determination circuit 3142. In another example, the pulse start circuit 3141 pre-starts the pulse width determination circuit 3142 when the pulse start circuit 3141 detects a rising edge generated on the voltage signal Vcp, and the pulse width determination circuit is started early. To allow the 3142 to respond quickly to generate the pulse signal DP at the correct timing, the enable signal is triggered when the falling edge of the voltage signal Vcp is later detected to trigger the pulse width. It may be designed to output to the determination circuit 3142.

The corresponding changes of the two related signals along the time axis, generated in some embodiments of the detection pulse generation module, are shown in FIG. 23D. With reference to FIG. 23D, the operation of this embodiment is similar to the operation of the embodiments of FIGS. 23B and 23C, but the main difference is that in this embodiment, the pulse start circuit 3141 is the external drive signal Sed. Is designed to start recording at a point above the reference voltage level Vps and trigger to generate pulse DP1 of the pulse signal DP when the recorded point reaches the delay duration DLY. When pulse DP1 is generated, after the interval TIV shown in FIG. 23D, another similar pulse or waveform DP2 is generated by the detection pulse generation module, which can be followed by the same operation of pulse generation. ..

With reference to FIG. 24A, FIG. 24A is a circuit block diagram of a power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. The power supply module of the embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a drive circuit 1530, and a mounting detection module 3700. The mounting detection module 3700 includes a detection controller 3720, a switch circuit 3740, a bias circuit 3750, a start control circuit 3770, and a detection period determination circuit 3780. The configuration and operation of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, and the drive circuit 1530 can be referred to in the relevant description of the above embodiments, and the relevant details are not described again here.

Within the mounting detection module 3700, the switch circuit 3740 is electrically connected in series with the power loop / power loop of the power supply module (in FIG. 24A, as a typical embodiment, the switch circuit 3740 is a rectifier circuit 510. The detection controller 3720 (arranged between the filter circuit 520 and the filter circuit 520) controls the on / off state. In the detection controller 3720, external impedance is applied to the detection path of the power supply module during the period when the switch circuit 3740 is on (that is, during the period when the power supply loop / power loop is on / conducting). A control signal is output in detection mode to temporarily turn on the switch circuit 3740 to detect if it is physically connected (ie, the user may be at risk of electric shock). The detection result operates so that the detection mode is maintained so that the switch circuit 3740 is temporarily turned on in a discontinuous manner, or the switch circuit 3740 remains on or off in response to the mounting state. Decide if you want to enter mode. The length of the period represented by "temporarily turning on the switch circuit" refers to the length of the period during which the current on the power loop passes through the human body and does no harm to the human body. For example, the length of the period is less than 1 millisecond. However, the present invention is not limited to this aspect. In general, the detection controller 3720 can achieve an operation of temporarily turning on the switch circuit 3740 by transmitting a control signal having a pulse waveform. The specific duration of the pulse-on period can be adjusted according to the impedance of the detection path. For a circuit configuration example of the detection controller 3720 and the switch circuit 3740 and a description of the related control operations, the description of other embodiments related to the mounting detection module can be referred to.

The bias circuit 3750 is electrically connected to a power loop to generate a drive voltage VCS based on a rectified signal (ie, bus voltage). The drive voltage VCS is provided to the detection controller 3720 to activate / enable the detection controller 3720 and to cause the detection controller 3720 to operate in response to the drive voltage.

The activation control circuit 3770 is electrically connected to the detection controller 3720 and is configured to determine whether or not to affect the operating state of the detection controller 3720 according to the output signal of the detection period determination circuit 3780. For example, when the detection period determination circuit 3780 outputs an enable signal, the start control circuit 3770 controls the detection controller 3720 to stop the operation in response to the enable signal, and the detection period determination circuit 3780 outputs the disable signal. When outputting, the start control circuit 3770 controls the detection controller 3720 to maintain the normal operating state (that is, does not affect the operating state of the detection controller 3720) in response to the disable signal, and starts control. Circuit 3770 can control the detection controller 3720 to stop its operation by using the drive voltage VCS or by providing a low level start signal to the enable pin of the detection controller 3720. However, the present disclosure is not limited to this particular example.

The detection period determination circuit 3780 is configured to sample electrical signals on the detection path / power loop, resulting in the calculation of the operating time of the detection controller 3720 and the output of a signal indicating the calculation result to the activation control circuit 3770. As a result, the activation control circuit 3770 controls the operating state of the detection controller 3720 based on the indicated calculation result.

The operation of the mounting detection module 3700 according to the embodiment of FIG. 24A will be described below. When the rectifier circuit 510 receives external power through pins 501 and 502, the bias circuit 3750 produces a drive voltage VCS according to the rectified bus voltage. The detection controller 3720 is activated or enabled in response to the drive voltage VCS and enters detection mode. In the detection mode, the detection controller 3720 periodically outputs a pulsed control signal to the switch circuit 3740, so that the switch circuit 3740 is periodically turned on and off. Under operation in the detection mode, the current waveform on the power loop is similar to the current waveform within the detection period Tw of FIG. 19D (ie, a plurality of spaced current pulses Idp). In addition, when the detection period determination circuit 3780 receives the bus voltage on the power loop, it starts calculating the operation time of the detection controller 3720 in the detection mode and outputs a signal indicating the calculation result to the start control circuit 3770.

If the operating time of the detection controller 3720 has not reached the preset time length, the activation control circuit 3770 does not affect the operating state of the detection controller 3720. At that point, the detection controller 3720 determines whether to maintain the detection mode or enter the operation mode according to its own detection result. If the detection controller 3720 decides to enter the operating mode, the detection controller 3720 controls the switch circuit 3740 to remain on and block the influence of other signals on the operating state. In other words, in the operation mode, the operation state of the detection controller 3720 is not affected regardless of the output by the start control circuit 3770.

If the operating time of the detection controller 3720 has reached the preset time length and the detection controller 3720 is still in the detection mode, the start control circuit 3770 will stop operating in response to the output of the detection period determination circuit 3780. Controls the detection controller 3720. At that point, the detection controller 3720 ceases to output the pulse signal and keeps the switch circuit 3740 off until the detection controller 3720 is reset. The preset time length can be regarded as the detection period Tw shown in FIG. 19D.

According to the above operation, the mounting detection module 3700 sets the pulse interval and the reset cycle of the control signal so that the power supply module has an input current (Iin) waveform as shown in FIGS. 19D to 22F. As a result, the power in the detection mode is still guaranteed to be within a reasonably safe range in order to avoid any danger to the human body due to the detection current.

From the point of view of circuit operation, the start control circuit 3770 and the detection period determination circuit 3780 are identified after the LED straight tube lamp is powered on for a preset delay to control the target circuit (eg, detection controller 3720). Can be considered as a delay control circuit that can turn on the path of. By selecting a specific path setting, the delay control circuit in the LED straight tube lamp can perform delayed continuity of the power loop or delayed turn-off / interruption of the mounting detection module.

With reference to FIG. 24B, FIG. 24B is a circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp mounting detection module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. The power supply module includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a drive circuit 1530, and a mounting detection module 3800. The mounting detection module 3800 includes a detection controller 3820, a switch circuit 3840, a bias circuit 3850, a start control circuit 3870, and a detection period determination circuit 3880. For the configuration and operation of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, and the drive circuit 1530, the description of the related embodiment can be referred to. In addition, the configuration and operation of the detection controller 3820 and the switch circuit 3840 can be referred to in the description of the embodiment of FIG. 24A above, the details of which are not described again here.

In one embodiment, the bias circuit 3850 comprises a resistor 3851, a capacitor 3852, and a Zener diode 3553. The first end of the resistor 3851 is electrically connected to the rectified output (ie, electrically connected to the bus). The capacitor 3852 and the Zener diode 3853 are electrically connected in parallel to each other, and the first end of the element is both electrically connected to the second end of the resistor 3851. To receive the drive voltage VCS on the common node, the power input terminal of the detection controller 3820 is electrically connected to the common terminal of the resistor 3851, the capacitor 3852, and the Zener diode 3853 (ie, the bias node of the bias circuit 3850). Will be done.

The start-up control circuit 3870 includes a Zener diode 3871, a transistor 3872, and a capacitor 3873. The anode of the Zener diode 3871 is electrically connected to the control terminal of the transistor 3872. The first end of the transistor 3872 is electrically connected to the detection controller 3820, and the second end of the transistor 3872 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND. The capacitor 3873 is electrically connected between the first end and the second end of the transistor 3872.

The detection period determination circuit 3880 includes a resistor 3881, a diode 3882, and a capacitor 3883. The first end of the resistor 3881 is electrically connected to the bias node of the bias circuit 3850, and the second end of the resistor 3881 is electrically connected to the cathode of the Zener diode 3871. The anode of the diode 3882 is electrically connected to the second end of the resistor 3881, and the cathode of the diode 3882 is electrically connected to the first end of the resistor 3881. The first end of the capacitor 3883 is electrically connected to the second end of the resistor 3881 and the anode of the diode 3882, and the second end of the capacitor 3883 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND.

The operation of the mounting detection module 3800 according to the embodiment of FIG. 24A will be described below. When the rectifier circuit 510 receives external power through pins 501 and 502, the rectified bus voltage charges the capacitor 3852, thus establishing a drive voltage VCS at the bias node. The detection controller 3820 is enabled in response to the drive voltage VCS and enters detection mode. In the detection mode, in the first signal cycle, the detection controller 3820 outputs a pulsed control signal to the switch circuit 3840, which results in the switch circuit 3840 being temporarily turned on and then shut off.

While the switch circuit 3840 is on, the capacitor 3883 is charged in response to the drive voltage VCS on the bias node so that the voltage across the capacitor 3883 gradually increases. During the first signal period, the increased voltage across the capacitor 3883 has not reached the threshold level of transistor 3872, so transistor 3872 remains off. As a result, the enable signal Ven is adaptively maintained at a high level. The capacitor 3883 then substantially maintains a voltage level or discharges slowly while the switch circuit 3840 is off or cut off, and the voltage caused by the discharge of the capacitor 3883 while the switch circuit is off. The change is less than the voltage change caused by charging while the switch circuit is on. In other words, the voltage across the capacitor 3883 while the switch is off will be below the maximum voltage level while the switch is on, and the minimum voltage level will not be lower than the initial level at the start of charging. Therefore, the transistor 3872 is always left off during the first signal period and the start signal Ve is maintained at a high level. The detection controller 3820 is maintained in the enabled state in response to the high level enable signal Ven. In the enabled state, the detection controller 3820 determines if the LED straight tube lamp is properly installed according to the signal on the detection path (ie, determines if additional impedance is introduced). The mounting detection mechanism for this part is the same as in the previous embodiment, the details of which are not described further herein.

If the detection controller 3820 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly mounted in the socket, the detection controller 3820 maintains the detection mode and continuously outputs a pulsed control signal to the control switch circuit 3840. .. In the subsequent signal cycle, the activation control circuit 3870 and the detection period determination circuit 3880 continue to operate in a manner similar to that of the first signal cycle. Specifically, the capacitor 3883 is charged during the on period of each signal period, so that the voltage across the capacitor 3883 increases stepwise with pulse width and pulse period. When the voltage across the capacitor 3883 exceeds the threshold level of transistor 3872, transistor 3872 is turned on, resulting in the enable signal Ven being lowered to ground level / low level. At that point, the detection controller 3820 is turned off in response to the low level enable signal Ven. When the detection controller 3820 is turned off, the switch circuit 3840 is kept off / shut off regardless of whether an external power source is electrically connected.

If the detection controller 3820 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket, the detection controller 3820 enters the operating mode and outputs a control signal to keep the switch circuit 3840 on. .. In the operating mode, the detection controller 3820 does not change the output control signal in response to the enable signal Ven. In other words, the detection controller 3820 does not turn off the switch circuit 3840 again when the enable signal Ven is lowered to a lower level.

In terms of multiple signal periods in the detection mode, the current waveform measured on the power loop is as shown in FIG. 19D, where the capacitor 3883 is charged from the initial level of the transistor 3872 to the threshold level. Corresponds to the detection period Tw. In other words, in detection mode, the detection controller 3820 continues to output a pulse signal until the capacitor 3883 is charged to the threshold level of transistor 3872, creating an intermittent current in the power loop. Also, when the voltage across the capacitor 3883 exceeds the threshold, the pulse signal is stopped, avoiding any danger to the human body due to the increase in power in the power loop.

From another point of view, the detection period determination circuit 3880 can be regarded as calculating the pulse-on period of the calculation control signal. When the preset value is reached during the pulse-on period, a control signal is sent to control the activation control circuit 3870, which in turn affects the operation of the detection controller 3820 to block the pulse output.

In the circuit architecture of this embodiment, the length of the detection period Tw (that is, the time required for the capacitor 3883 to reach the threshold voltage of the transistor 3872) is controlled mainly by adjusting the capacitance value of the capacitor 3883. The main function of the components such as resistor 3881, diode 3882, Zener diode 3871, and capacitor 3873 is that the start control circuit 3870 and detection period determination circuit 3880 provide voltage stability, voltage limit, current limit, or protection. To support you.

With reference to FIG. 24C, FIG. 24C is a circuit diagram of an LED straight tube lamp mounting detection module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. The power supply module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a drive circuit 1530, and a mounting detection module 3900. The mounting detection module 3900 includes a detection controller 3920, a switch circuit 3940, a bias circuit 3950, a start control circuit 3970, and a detection period determination circuit 3980. For the configuration and operation of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, and the drive circuit 1530, the description of the related embodiment can be referred to. In addition, the configuration and operation of the detection controller 3920 and the switch circuit 3940 can be referred to in the description of the embodiment of FIG. 24A above, the details of which are not described again here.

The bias circuit 3950 includes a resistor 3951, a capacitor 3952, and a Zener diode 3953. The first end of resistor 3951 is electrically connected to the rectified output (ie, electrically connected to the bus). The capacitor 3952 and the Zener diode 3953 are electrically connected in parallel with each other, and the first end of the element is both electrically connected to the second end of the resistor 3951. To receive the drive voltage VCS, the power input of the detection controller 3920 is electrically connected to a resistor 3951, a capacitor 3952, and a common node of the Zener diode 3953 (ie, the bias node of the bias circuit 3950).

The start-up control circuit 3970 includes a Zener diode 3971, a resistor 3792, a transistor 3973, and a resistor 3974. The anode of the Zener diode 3871 is electrically connected to the control terminal of transistor 3973. The first end of the resistor 3792 is electrically connected to the anode of the Zener diode 3971 and the control terminal of the transistor 3973, and the second end of the resistor 3792 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND. The first end of the transistor 3973 is electrically connected to the bias node of the bias circuit 3950 via a resistor 3974, and the second end of the transistor 3973 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND.

The detection period determination circuit 3980 includes a diode 3891, resistors 3892 and 3983, a capacitor 3984, and a Zener diode 3775. The anode of the diode 3891 is electrically connected to one end of the switch circuit 3940, which can be treated as a detection node of the detection period determination circuit 3980. The first end of the resistor 3892 is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode 3891 and the second end of the resistor 3892 is electrically connected to the cathode of the Zener diode 3971. The first end of the resistor 3983 is electrically connected to the second end of the resistor 3982, and the second end of the resistor 3983 is electrically connected to the ground terminal GND. Both the capacitor 3984 and the Zener diode 3985 are electrically connected in parallel with the resistor 3983, and the cathode and anode of the Zener diode 3985 are electrically connected to the first and second ends of the resistor 3983, respectively.

The operation of the mounting detection module 3900 of this embodiment will be described below. When the rectifier circuit 510 receives external power through pins 501 and 502, the rectified bus voltage charges the capacitor 3952, thus establishing a drive voltage VCS at the bias node. The detection controller 3920 is enabled in response to the drive voltage VCS and enters detection mode. In the detection mode, in the first signal cycle, the detection controller 3920 sends a pulsed control signal to the switch circuit 3940, which results in the switch circuit 3940 being temporarily turned on and then turned off.

During the period when the switch circuit 3940 is electrically connected, the anode of the diode 3891 is literally electrically connected to the ground, so the capacitor 3984 is not charged. During the first signal period, while the switch circuit 3940 is on, the voltage across the capacitor 3984 remains at its initial level and the transistor 3973 remains off / cut off, thus affecting the operation of the detection controller 3920. Do not give. Then, while the switch circuit 3940 is off / cut off, the power loop raises the voltage level on the detection node in response to an external power source, and the voltage applied to the capacitor 3984 is a fraction of the resistors 3892 and 3983. Equal to pressure. Therefore, during the period when the switch circuit 3940 is turned off, the capacitor 3984 is charged in response to the voltage division of the resistors 3982 and 3983, and the voltage across the capacitor 3984 gradually increases. During the first signal cycle, the increased voltage across the capacitor 3984 has not reached the threshold level of transistor 3973, so that transistor 3973 remains off and, as a result, the drive voltage VCS remains unchanged. Since the transistor 3973 remains off during the first signal cycle regardless of whether the switch circuit 3940 is on or off, the drive voltage VCS is unaffected. Therefore, the detection controller 3920 is maintained in the enabled state or the activated state depending on the drive voltage VCS. In the activated state, the detection controller 3920 determines whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed according to the signal on the detection path (that is, determines whether the external impedance is introduced). The mounting detection mechanism of the part is the same as in the previous embodiment, the details of which are not described again here.

If the detection controller 3920 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly mounted in the socket, the detection controller 3920 maintains the detection mode and continuously outputs a pulsed control signal to the control switch circuit 3940. .. In the subsequent signal cycle, the activation control circuit 3970 and the detection period determination circuit 3980 continue to operate in the same manner as the operation of the first signal cycle. That is, the capacitor 3984 is charged during the off period of each signal period, so the voltage across the capacitor 3984 increases stepwise with pulse width and pulse period. When the voltage across the capacitor 3984 exceeds the threshold level of the transistor 3973, the transistor 3973 is turned on and the bias node is shorted to the ground terminal GND, resulting in the drive voltage VCS being lowered to the ground / low voltage level. At that point, the detection controller 3920 is disabled or deactivated in response to a low voltage level drive voltage VCS. When the detection controller 3920 is disabled or deactivated, the switch circuit 3940 remains off regardless of whether an external power source is electrically connected.

If the detection controller 3920 determines that the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted in the lamp socket, the detection controller 3920 enters the operating mode and is a control signal for keeping the switch circuit 3940 conductive or on. Is issued. In the operating mode, the switch circuit 3940 remains on, so that the transistor 3973 remains off, so that the drive voltage VCS is unaffected and the detection controller 3920 can operate normally.

In terms of multiple signal periods in the detection mode, the current waveform measured on the power loop is as shown in FIG. 19D, where the capacitor 3984 is charged from the initial level to the threshold level of transistor 3973. Corresponds to the detection period Tw. In other words, in detection mode, the detection controller 3920 continues to output a pulse signal until the capacitor 3984 is charged to the threshold level of transistor 3973, creating an intermittent current in the power loop. Also, when the voltage across the capacitor 3984 exceeds the threshold, the pulse signal is stopped, avoiding any danger to the human body due to the increase in power in the power loop.

From another point of view, the detection period determination circuit 3980 is actually used to calculate the pulse-off period of the control signal, and when the calculated pulse-off period reaches the preset value, then the activation control circuit 3970 is used. It is used to output a signal for control and causes the start control circuit 3970 to affect the operation of the detection control 3920 so as to block or stop the output of the pulse signal.

In the circuit architecture, the length of the detection period Tw (ie, the time required for the capacitor 3984 to reach the threshold voltage of the transistor 3973) is mainly the capacitance value of the capacitor 3984 and the resistance values of the resistors 3982, 3983, and 3972. It is controlled by adjusting. Components such as diodes 3981, Zener diodes 3985 and 3971, and resistors 3974 operate to provide the functions of voltage stabilization, voltage limiting, current limiting, or protection of the start control circuit 3970 and detection period determination circuit 3980. Used to assist.

With reference to FIG. 24D, FIG. 24D is a circuit diagram of an LED straight tube lamp mounting detection module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure. The power supply module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a drive circuit 1530, and a mounting detection module 3900. The mounting detection module 3900 includes a detection controller 3920, a switch circuit 3940, a bias circuit 3950, a start control circuit 3970, and a detection period determination circuit 3980. In this embodiment, the configuration and operation of the mounting detection module 3900 is substantially the same as that of the embodiment shown in FIG. 24C. The main difference between FIGS. 24C and 24D is that the detection period determination circuit 3980 of this embodiment of FIG. 24D has a resistor 3896 as well as a diode 3891, resistors 3892 and 3983, a capacitor 3984 and a Zener diode 3985. , 3987 and 3988 and the diode 3989 are also provided. The resistor 3896 is arranged in series between the diode 3981 and the resistor 3892. The first end of the resistor 3987 is electrically connected to the first end of the resistor 3892 and the second end of the resistor 3987 is electrically connected to the cathode of the Zener diode 3971. The resistor 3988 and the capacitor 3984 are electrically connected in parallel with each other. The anode of the diode 3989 is electrically connected to the first end of the capacitor 3984 and the cathode of the Zener diode 3971, and the cathode of the diode 3989 is electrically connected to the second end of the resistor 3982 and the first end of the resistor 3983. Will be done.

In the circuit architecture of this embodiment, the circuit for charging the capacitor 3984 is changed from resistors 3982 and 3983 to resistors 3987 and 3988. The capacitor 3984 is charged based on the voltage dividers of the resistors 3987 and 3988. Specifically, the voltage of the detection node first produces a primary voltage divider on the first end of the resistor 3982 based on the voltage dividers of the resistors 3896, 3982, and 3983, and then the primary voltage divider. A secondary voltage divider is generated at the first end of the capacitor 3984 based on the voltage dividers of the resistors 3987 and 3988. In this configuration, the charge rate of the capacitor 3984 can be controlled by adjusting the resistance values of the resistors 3982, 3983, 3896, 3987, and 3988, and is not limited only by adjusting the capacitor value. As a result, the size of the capacitor 3984 can be effectively reduced. On the other hand, since the resistor 3983 no longer functions as a component on the charging circuit, a smaller resistance value can be selected, resulting in an increase in the discharge rate of the capacitor 3984, resulting in a detection period determination. The circuit reset time can be reduced.

Modules / circuits are named by functionality in the embodiments described herein, but the same circuit components can be considered to have different functions based on circuit design, and different modules / circuits can be considered. Those skilled in the art should understand that the same circuit components can be shared to perform each circuit function. Therefore, the functional naming of the present disclosure is not intended to limit a particular unit, circuit, or module to a particular circuit component.

For example, the mounting detection module of the above embodiment may be referred to as a detection circuit / module, a leak current detection circuit / module, a leak current protection circuit / module, an impedance detection circuit / module, or a circuit in general. is there. The detection result latch module of the above embodiment may be referred to as a detection result storage circuit / module or a control circuit / module instead. Further, the detection controller of the above embodiment may be a circuit including a detection pulse generation module, a detection result latch module, and a detection determination circuit, but the present invention is not limited to the circuit of the detection controller.

In summary, the embodiments shown in FIGS. 9A-14B teach the concept of electric shock protection by utilizing electrical control and detection methods. Compared to mechanical electrocution protection (ie, using mechanical structural interactions / shifts to perform electrocution protection), electrical mounting detection modules cannot cause mechanical fatigue problems, so electricity The reliability and durability of the protection against electric shock is increased.

In addition, in the embodiment in which the detection pulse (one or more) is used for the mounting detection, the mounting detection module in operation is a characteristic of the LED straight tube lamp having the mounting detection module related to LED drive and light emission by the LED. And does not substantially change or change the state. The characteristics related to LED drive and light emission by the LED include, for example, characteristics such as the phase of the power line signal and the output current of the LED module, and the characteristics can affect the brightness of the light emission and the output power of the lit LED straight tube lamp. There is sex. In other words, the operation of the mounting detection module is only related to or related to leakage current protection when the LED straight tube lamp is not yet lit, and the purpose of the operation is to make the mounting detection module DC power. Distinguish from circuits used to adjust the characteristics of the LED lighting state, such as conversion circuits, power factor improvement circuits, and dimming circuits.

In some embodiments, the power supply module can be divided into two submodules, the two submodules are placed in different end caps, and the sum of the powers of the submodules is the power supply module predetermined output power. be equivalent to.

According to some embodiments, the present invention further provides a detection method adopted by an LED straight tube lamp to prevent a user's electric shock when mounting the LED (light emitting element) straight tube lamp into a lamp socket. .. The detection method is the step of generating the first pulse signal by the detection pulse generation module configured in the LED straight tube lamp and the first pulse through the detection result latch circuit by the switch circuit on the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. A step of receiving a signal and keeping the power loop conductive by maintaining the conductive state of the switch circuit during the period of the first pulse signal, and when the power loop is in the conductive state, the detection determination circuit puts the power loop on the power loop. When the first sample signal is greater than or equal to the specified signal, including the step of detecting the first sample signal and comparing the first sample signal with the specified signal, the detection method is further determined by the detection determination circuit. By the step of outputting the high level signal, the step of receiving the first high level signal by the detection result latch circuit and outputting the second high level signal, and the step of receiving the second high level signal by the switch circuit and conducting the power. Includes a step of keeping the power loop in a conductive state.

In some embodiments, when the first sample signal is smaller than the specified signal, the detection method further includes a step of outputting the first low level signal by the detection determination circuit and a first low level signal by the detection result latch circuit. The step of receiving the second low level signal and outputting the second low level signal, and the step of receiving the second low level signal by the switch circuit and keeping the power loop open by keeping the switch circuit off. Including.

In some embodiments, when the power loop remains open, the detection method further includes a step of generating a second pulse signal by the detection pulse generation module and a second pulse signal through the detection result latch circuit by the switch circuit. Is received, and during the period of the second pulse signal, the step of making the power loop into the conductive state again by changing the off state of the switch circuit to the conductive state again, and the detection judgment when the power loop becomes the conductive state again. The detection method further comprises the step of detecting the second sample signal on the power loop by the circuit and comparing the second sample signal with the specified signal, and when the second sample signal is greater than or equal to the specified signal. The step of outputting the first high level signal by the detection judgment circuit, the step of receiving the first high level signal by the detection result latch circuit and outputting the second high level signal, and the step of receiving the second high level signal by the switch circuit. It includes the step of keeping the power loop in the conductive state by keeping the switch circuit in the conductive state.

In some embodiments, when the second sample signal is smaller than the specified signal, the detection method further includes a step of outputting a first low level signal by the detection determination circuit and a first low level signal by the detection result latch circuit. The step of receiving the second low level signal and outputting the second low level signal, and the step of receiving the second low level signal by the switch circuit and keeping the power loop open by keeping the switch circuit off. Including.

When the external drive signal is a DC signal, the rectifier circuit in the power supply module may be omitted.

According to the design of the rectifier circuit in the power supply module, there may be a dual rectifier circuit. The first and second rectifier circuits of the dual rectifier circuit are connected to two end caps arranged at both ends of the LED straight tube lamp, respectively. The dual rectifier circuit is applicable to the drive structure of the dual end power supply.

The dual rectifier circuit may include, for example, two half-wave rectifier circuits, two full-wave bridge rectifier circuits, or one half-wave rectifier circuit and one full-wave bridge rectifier circuit.

According to the design of the pins in the LED straight tube lamp, there are two pins at one end (no pins at the other end), two pins at the corresponding ends at both ends, or four pins at the corresponding ends at both ends. There may be. The design of two pins at one end and two pins at the corresponding ends at both ends is applicable to a single rectifier circuit design of a rectifier circuit. The design of four pins at the corresponding ends at both ends is applicable to the dual rectifier circuit design of the rectifier circuit, where the external drive signal is either two pins at one end or each of the two ends. It is possible to receive by the pin of.

According to the design of the filter circuit of the power supply module, there may be one capacitor or a π filter circuit. Since the filter circuit provides a DC signal having a low ripple voltage as a filter signal, the high frequency component of the rectified signal is removed by filtering. The filter circuit further includes an LC filter circuit having a high impedance with respect to a specific frequency in order to meet the current limit of the UL standard at a specific frequency. Further, the filter circuits according to some embodiments may include a rectifier circuit and (one or more) pins in order to reduce electromagnetic interference (EMI) caused by the (one or more) circuits of the LED straight tube lamp. It is provided with a filter unit connected between them. When the external drive signal is a DC signal, the LED straight tube lamp may omit the filter circuit in the power supply module.

According to the design of the auxiliary power supply module of the power supply module, the energy storage unit may be a battery (for example, a lithium battery, a graphene battery) or a super capacitor electrically connected in parallel to the LED module. The auxiliary power supply module is applicable to an LED lighting module having a drive circuit.

According to the design of the LED module of the power supply module, the LED module comprises a plurality of rows electrically connected in parallel to each other, each containing a plurality of LEDs, each LED having a single LED chip or different spectra. It may have a plurality of LED chips that emit light. Each LED in a different LED row may be electrically connected to each other to form a mesh connection.

The above features can be implemented in any combination for the improvement of LED straight tube lamps.

The above-described exemplary features of the present invention can be achieved in any combination for the improvement of LED straight tube lamps, but the above embodiments are only described as examples. The present invention is not limited to the description in the present specification, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention and the scope defined in the separate claims.

Claims (11)

A light emitting diode (LED) lighting system
An LED straight tube lamp configured to receive an external drive signal at each of the two ends to emit light,
A lamp socket configured to fix the LED straight tube lamp and provided with a signal line for transmitting the external drive signal.
Arranged in the lamp socket, when the LED straight tube lamp is mounted on the lamp socket, it is configured to be electrically connected in series to the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp via the signal line. Equipped with a mounting detection module,
The mounting detection module detects a signal on the signal line in order to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly mounted.
LED lighting system. The mounting detection module samples the signal during a plurality of sampling periods, each of which is 1 microsecond to 1 millisecond.
The LED lighting system according to claim 1. The lamp socket
A base in which the signal lines are arranged and adapted for mounting on a fixed object, and
With two connection sockets located at each end of the base and having slots corresponding to conductor pins on the LED straight tube lamp.
When the LED straight tube lamp is mounted in the lamp socket, the conductor pin is inserted into the slot and electrically connects the power loop to the signal line to receive the external drive signal via the mounting detection module. Connect to
The LED lighting system according to claim 1. The LED lighting system according to claim 3, wherein the mounting detection module is arranged inside the base. The mounting detection module is located inside at least one of the connection sockets.
The LED lighting system according to claim 3. The connection socket comprising the mounting module is removably disposed on the base.
The LED lighting system according to claim 5. The mounting detection module
A switch circuit arranged in series on the signal line and
A detection pulse generation circuit configured to generate a pulse signal,
A detection determination circuit configured to detect a signal on the signal line and generate a detection result signal.
A control circuit that is electrically connected to the switch circuit, the detection pulse generation circuit, and the detection determination circuit, and is configured to control the switching state of the switch circuit according to the pulse signal and the detection result signal.
To prepare
The LED lighting system according to claim 1. The detection pulse generation circuit determines whether or not the voltage of the external drive signal exceeds the reference voltage level and whether or not the pulse signal is output according to the determination result.
The LED lighting system according to claim 7. The LED lighting system according to claim 8, wherein when the determination result indicates that the voltage of the external drive signal rises and exceeds the reference voltage, the pulse generation circuit outputs the pulse signal. When the determination result indicates that the voltage of the external drive signal drops and exceeds the reference voltage, the pulse generation circuit outputs the pulse signal.
The LED lighting system according to claim 8. When the determination result indicates that the voltage of the external drive signal exceeds the reference voltage, the pulse generation circuit outputs the pulse signal after the delay duration.
The LED lighting system according to claim 8.

Images